10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

or

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File Number: 0-26640

POOL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	36-3943363
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
109 Northpark Boulevard, Covington, Louisiana	70433-5001
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

985-892-5521

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share	NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES  x    NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    YES  ¨    NO  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.           YES  x    NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulations S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    YES x    NO ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer x	Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  YES  ¨    NO  x

The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock as of June 30, 2016 was $3,780,739,528.

As of February 20, 2017, there were 41,156,023 shares of common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement to be mailed to stockholders on or about March 29, 2017 for the

Annual Meeting to be held on May 2, 2017, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

POOL CORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I.
Item 1.	Business	1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	8
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	12
Item 2.	Properties	13
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	15
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	15
PART II.
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	16
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	18
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	19
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	41
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	42
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	74
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	74
Item 9B.	Other Information	77
PART III.
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	77
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	77
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	77
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	77
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	77
PART IV.
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	78
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	78
Signatures

PART I.

Item 1.  Business

General

Pool Corporation (the Company, which may be referred to as we, us or our) is the world’s largest wholesale distributor of swimming pool supplies, equipment and related leisure products and is one of the top three distributors of irrigation and landscape products in the United States.  The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware in 1993 and has grown from a regional distributor to a multi-national, multi-network distribution company. 

Our industry is highly fragmented, and as such, we add considerable value to the industry by purchasing products from a large number of manufacturers and then distributing the products to our customer base on conditions that are more favorable than our customers could obtain on their own.

As of December 31, 2016, we operated 344 sales centers in North America, Europe, South America and Australia through our four distribution networks:

• SCP Distributors (SCP);

• Superior Pool Products (Superior);

• Horizon Distributors (Horizon); and

• National Pool Tile (NPT).

Beginning in 2014, we identified NPT as a separate distribution network. Through this network, we sell specialized products under the NPT brand including tile, decking materials and interior pool finishes, as well as hardscape and natural stone products. Please refer to our “Business Strategy and Growth”section below for more detailed information regarding the development of our NPT distribution network.

Superior and Horizon are both wholly owned subsidiaries of SCP, which is wholly owned by Pool Corporation.

Our Industry

We believe that the swimming pool industry is relatively young, with room for continued growth from the increased penetration of new pools. Of the approximately 80 million homes in the United States that have the economic capacity and the yard space to have a swimming pool, approximately 11% currently have a pool. Significant growth opportunities also reside with pool remodel and pool equipment replacement activities due to the aging of the installed base of swimming pools, technological advancements and the development of energy-efficient products. The irrigation and landscape industry shares many characteristics with the pool industry, and we believe that it will realize long-term growth rates similar to the pool industry. As irrigation system installations and landscaping often occur in tandem with new single-family home construction, we believe the continued trend in increased housing starts also offers significant opportunities for the irrigation and landscape industry.

Favorable demographic and socioeconomic trends have positively impacted our industry and we believe these trends will continue to do so in the long term.  These favorable trends include the following:

• long-term growth in housing units in warmer markets due to the population migration toward the southern United States, which contributes to the growing installed base of pools that homeowners must maintain;

• increased homeowner spending on outdoor living spaces for relaxation and entertainment;

• consumers bundling the purchase of a swimming pool and other products, with new irrigation systems and landscaping often being key components to both pool installations and remodels; and

• consumers using more automation and control products, higher quality materials and other pool features that add to our sales opportunities over time.

Approximately 60% of consumer spending in the pool industry is for maintenance and minor repair of existing swimming pools.  Maintaining proper chemical balance and the related upkeep and repair of swimming pool equipment, such as pumps, heaters, filters and safety equipment, creates a non-discretionary demand for pool chemicals, equipment and other related parts and supplies.  We also believe cosmetic considerations such as a pool’s appearance and the overall look of backyard environments create an ongoing demand for other maintenance-related goods and certain discretionary products.

1

We believe that the recurring nature of the maintenance and repair market has historically helped maintain a relatively consistent rate of industry growth.  This characteristic, along with relatively consistent inflationary price increases of 1% to 2% on average passed on by manufacturers and distributors, has helped cushion the negative impact on revenues in periods when unfavorable economic conditions and softness in the housing market adversely impacted pool construction and major replacement and refurbishment activities.

The following table reflects growth in the domestic installed base of in-ground swimming pools over the past 11 years (based on Company estimates and information from 2014 P.K. Data, Inc. reports):

The replacement and refurbishment market currently accounts for close to 30% of consumer spending in the pool industry.  The activity in this market, which includes major swimming pool remodeling, is driven by the aging of the installed base of pools. The timing of these types of expenditures is more sensitive to economic factors that impact consumer spending compared to the maintenance and minor repair market.

New swimming pool construction comprises the bulk of the remaining consumer spending in the pool industry.  The demand for new pools is driven by the perceived benefits of pool ownership including relaxation, entertainment, family activity, exercise and convenience.  The industry competes for new pool sales against other discretionary consumer purchases such as kitchen and bathroom remodeling, boats, motorcycles, recreational vehicles and vacations.  The industry is also affected by other factors including, but not limited to, consumer preferences or attitudes toward pool and landscape products for aesthetic, environmental, safety or other reasons.

The irrigation and landscape distribution business is split between residential and commercial markets, with the majority of sales related to the residential market.  Irrigation activities account for approximately 50% of total spending in the irrigation industry, with the remaining 50% of spending related to power equipment, landscape and specialty outdoor products and accessories.  As such, our irrigation business is more heavily weighted toward new home construction activities compared to our pool business. Over the last five years, our irrigation and landscape business has benefited from the continued slow recovery of single-family home construction as irrigation system installations and landscaping projects typically correlate with, but lag, new home construction.

Certain trends in the housing market, the availability of consumer credit and general economic conditions (as commonly measured by Gross Domestic Product or GDP) affect our industry, particularly new pool and irrigation system starts as well as the timing and extent of pool refurbishments and equipment replacement.  We believe that over the long term, single-family housing turnover and home value appreciation may correlate with demand for new pool construction, with higher rates of home turnover and appreciation having a positive impact on new pool starts over time.  We also believe that homeowners’ access to consumer credit is a critical factor enabling the purchase of new swimming pools and irrigation systems.  Similar to other discretionary purchases, replacement and refurbishment activities are more heavily impacted by economic factors such as consumer confidence, GDP and employment.

2

While we estimate that new pool construction has increased to approximately 65,000 - 70,000 new units in 2016 from the historically low levels experienced during the economic downturn, construction levels are still down approximately 65% - 70% compared to peak historical levels and down approximately 55% - 60% from what we consider normal levels.

Over the past five years, the pool industry has continued to show signs of recovery, mostly due to the gradual improvement in remodeling and replacement activity. Our consistent base business sales growth reflects increased consumer discretionary spending and higher replacement activities. Improvements in general external market factors in the United States including consumer confidence, employment, housing, access to consumer credit and economic expansion, largely support our base business growth. Over the last five years, we estimate the pool industry grew from 2% to 4% per year, with favorable weather accelerating growth in any given year and unfavorable weather impeding growth. In 2015 specifically, excessive precipitation impacted our industry in the second quarter; however a mild fall and delayed winter alleviated any contraction in industry growth rates. In 2016, an earlier start to the pool season due to warmer than usual temperatures and overall favorable weather throughout the rest of the year benefited the industry as a whole.

We believe there is potential for continued sales recovery due to the build-up of deferred replacement and remodeling activity over the next several years and our expectation is that new pool and irrigation construction levels will gradually normalize. Additionally, we believe favorable demographics from an aging population and southern migration are ideal for increased residential investment, especially in outdoor lifestyle products. We expect that market conditions in the United States will continue to improve, enabling further recovery of replacement, remodeling and new construction activity to normalized levels over the next 4 to 7 years. We expect that the industry will realize an annual growth rate of approximately 3% to 6% over this time period. As economic trends indicate that consumer spending has been slowly recovering and that residential construction activities will likely continue to gradually improve, we believe that we are well positioned to take advantage of both the eventual market recovery and the inherent long-term growth opportunities in our industry.

Our industry is seasonal and weather is one of the principal external factors that affect our business.  Peak industry activity occurs during the warmest months of the year, typically April through September.  Unseasonable warming or cooling trends can accelerate or delay the start or end of the pool and landscape season, impacting our maintenance and repair sales.  These impacts at the shoulders of the season are generally more pronounced in northern markets in the United States and Canada. Weather also impacts our sales of construction and installation products to the extent that above average precipitation, late spring thaws in northern markets and other extreme weather conditions delay, interrupt or cancel current or planned construction and installation activities.

Business Strategy and Growth

Our mission is to provide exceptional value to our customers and suppliers, in order to provide exceptional return to our shareholders while providing exceptional opportunities to our employees.  Our three core strategies are as follows:

• to promote the growth of our industry;

• to promote the growth of our customers’ businesses; and

• to continuously strive to operate more effectively.

We promote the growth of our industry through various advertising and promotional programs intended to raise consumer awareness of the benefits and affordability of pool ownership, the ease of pool maintenance and the many ways in which a pool and the surrounding spaces may be enjoyed beyond swimming.  These programs include media advertising, industry-oriented website development such as www.swimmingpool.com®, public relations campaigns and other online marketing initiatives including social media.  We use these programs as tools to educate consumers and lead prospective pool owners to our customers.

We promote the growth of our customers’ businesses by offering comprehensive support programs that include promotional tools and marketing support to help our customers generate increased sales.  Our uniquely tailored programs include such features as customer lead generation, personalized websites, brochures, direct mail, marketing campaigns and business development training.  As a customer service, we also provide certain retail store customers assistance with all aspects of their business including site selection, store layout and design, product merchandising, business management system implementation, comprehensive product offering selections and efficient ordering and inventory management processes. In addition to these programs, we feature consumer showrooms in over 80 of our sales centers and host our annual Retail Summit to educate our customers about product offerings and the overall industry. We also act as a day to day resource by offering product and market expertise to serve our customers’ unique needs.

3

In addition to our efforts aimed at industry and customer growth, we strive to operate more effectively by continuously focusing on improvements in our operations such as product sourcing, procurement and logistics initiatives, adoption of enhanced business practices and improved working capital management.  Other key internal growth initiatives include the continued expansion of both our product offerings (as described in the “Customers and Products” section below) and our distribution networks.

With our 2008 acquisition of National Pool Tile Group, Inc., we added a market leading brand of pool tile and composite pool finish products, and gained a position in a wider market. To increase operating efficiency and improve market reach, we have consolidated and repositioned NPT standalone sales centers and established NPT showrooms within certain existing sales centers. In addition to our 17 standalone NPT sales centers, we currently have over 80 SCP and Superior sales centers that feature consumer showrooms where landscape and swimming pool contractors, as well as homeowners, can view and select pool components including tile, decking materials and interior pool finishes in various styles and grades, and serve as stocking locations for our NPT branded products.

We feel the growth opportunities for the NPT network closely align with those of our other networks, as we see continued opportunity to expand under the NPT brand. We also expect potential expansion of the network by broadening our product range and sourcing capabilities. As more consumers create and enhance outdoor living areas and continue to invest in their outdoor environment, we believe we can focus our resources to address such demand, while leveraging our existing pool and irrigation/landscape customer base. We feel the development of our NPT network is a natural extension of our distribution model. While we are currently enjoying an expanding economy and improving housing market, which help fuel demand for these products, this business is more sensitive to these external market factors compared to our business overall.

We have grown our distribution networks through new sales center openings, acquisitions and the expansion of existing sales centers.  Given the more stabilized external environment, we have increased our focus on new sales center openings complemented by strategic acquisitions and consolidations, depending on our market presence. Since the beginning of 2014, we have opened 13 new sales centers, with 6 new sales centers in 2016. We expect to open between 6 and 8 new sales centers in 2017. Since the beginning of 2014, we have completed 8 acquisitions consisting of 21 sales centers (net of sales center consolidations within one year of acquisition).  The acquired locations in 2016 include 8 sales centers added to our Horizon network. Our locations that were consolidated in 2016 include 3 sales centers from our SCP network, 2 from our Horizon network and 1 from our SPP network, which represents a location that was acquired in 2015 and consolidated within one year of acquisition.  We plan to continue to make strategic acquisitions and open new sales centers to further penetrate existing markets and expand into both new geographic markets and new product categories.  For additional discussion of our recent acquisitions, see Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

We believe that our high customer service levels and expanded product offerings have enabled us to gain market share historically. Going forward, we expect to realize sales growth higher than the industry average due to further increases in market share and continued expansion of our product offerings.

We estimate that price inflation has averaged 1% to 2% annually in our industry over the past 10 years.  We generally pass industry price increases through the supply chain and make strategic volume inventory purchases ahead of vendor price increases.  We estimate that annual price inflation between 2014 and 2016 was consistent with the ten-year average. We anticipate price inflation will vary some by product lines, but will approximate the ten-year average overall in 2017.

Customers and Products

We serve over 100,000 customers. In 2016, sales to our largest 100 customers collectively accounted for just under 10% of our total sales. We estimate that sales to our largest 1,000 customers represented approximately 25% of our total sales in 2016. Notably, 98% of our customers are small, family-owned businesses with relatively limited capital resources. These core customers generated a large majority of our sales in 2016. Most of these businesses provide labor and technical services to the end consumer and operate as independent contractors employing no more than ten employees (in many cases, working alone or with a limited crew).  These customers also buy from other distributors, mass merchants, home stores, and specialty and internet retailers.

We sell our products primarily to the following types of customers:

• swimming pool remodelers and builders;

• specialty retailers that sell swimming pool supplies;

• swimming pool repair and service businesses;

• irrigation construction and landscape maintenance contractors; and

• golf courses and other commercial customers.

4

We conduct our operations through 344 sales centers in North America, Europe, South America and Australia. Our primary markets, with the highest concentration of swimming pools, are California, Texas, Florida and Arizona, collectively representing approximately 52% of our 2016 net sales.  In 2016, we generated approximately 95% of our sales in North America, 5% in Europe and less than 1% in South America and Australia combined. References to product line and product category data throughout this Form 10-K generally reflect data related to the North American swimming pool market, as it is more readily available for analysis and represents the largest component of our operations.

We use a combination of local and international sales and marketing personnel to promote the growth of our business and develop and strengthen our customers’ businesses.  Our sales and marketing personnel focus on developing customer programs and promotional activities, creating and enhancing sales management tools and providing product and market expertise.  Our local sales personnel work from our sales centers and are charged with understanding and meeting our customers’ specific needs.

We offer our customers more than 160,000 manufacturer and Pool Corporation branded products.  We believe that our selection of pool equipment, supplies, chemicals, replacement parts, irrigation and landscape products and other pool construction and recreational products is the most comprehensive in the industry.  The types of products we sell are as follows:

• maintenance products such as chemicals, supplies and pool accessories;

• repair and replacement parts for pool equipment, such as cleaners, filters, heaters, pumps and lights;

• packaged pool kits including walls, liners, braces and coping for in-ground and above-ground pools;

• pool equipment and components for new pool construction and the remodeling of existing pools;

• irrigation and landscape products, including irrigation system components and professional lawn care equipment and supplies;

• building materials, such as concrete, plumbing and electrical components, both functional and decorative pool surfaces, decking materials, tile, hardscapes and natural stone, used for pool installations and remodeling;

• commercial products, including ASME heaters, safety equipment, and commercial pumps and filters; and

• other pool construction and recreational products, which consist of a number of product categories and include discretionary recreational and related outdoor lifestyle products that enhance consumers’ use and enjoyment of outdoor living spaces, such as spas, grills and components for outdoor kitchens.

We currently have over 500 product lines and over 50 product categories. Based on our 2016 product classifications, sales for our pool and spa chemicals product category as a percentage of total net sales was 13% in 2016, 2015 and 2014. In 2016 and 2015 chemical sales increased by 6% and 5%, respectively, with little benefit from pricing inflation. No other product category accounted for 10% or more of total net sales in any of the last three fiscal years.

Our maintenance, repair and replacement products are generally described as follows:

• maintenance and minor repair (non-discretionary); and

• major refurbishment and replacement (partially discretionary).

In 2016, the sale of maintenance and minor repair products accounted for approximately 60% of our sales and gross profits while approximately 40% of our sales and gross profits were derived from the refurbishment, replacement, construction and installation (equipment, materials, plumbing, electrical, etc.) of swimming pools. As recently as five years ago, sales of maintenance and minor repair products had increased to approximately 70% of our sales and gross profits due to the significant declines in new pool construction. This trend reflects a shift back toward a greater percentage of our sales coming from major refurbishment and replacement products due to an ongoing recovery of these activities since levels reached their historic low point in 2009.

Discretionary demand for products related to pool construction and remodeling has been an important factor in our historical base business sales growth.  We have realized sales growth over the past five years due to our ongoing expansion of these product offerings and the steady improvement in new construction, remodeling and economic trends. However, new pool construction remains approximately 65% - 70% below peak historic levels and approximately 55% - 60% below what we believe to be normal levels. We continue to identify new related product categories and we typically introduce new categories each year in select markets.  We then evaluate the performance in these test markets and focus on those product categories that we believe exhibit the best long-term growth potential.  We expect to realize continued sales growth for these types of product offerings by expanding the number of locations that offer these products, increasing the number of products offered at certain locations and continuing a modest broadening of these product offerings on a company-wide basis.

5

In recent years we have experienced product and customer mix changes, including a shift in consumer spending to higher value, lower margin products such as variable speed pumps, high efficiency heaters, LED lighting and irrigation and landscape equipment, which positively contribute to our sales and gross profit growth but negatively impact our gross margin. We expect continued demand for these products, but believe our efforts in various pricing and sourcing initiatives and our expansion of building materials product offerings will help offset these gross margin declines and lead to somewhat flat gross margin trends over the next few years.

Operating Strategy

We distribute swimming pool supplies, equipment and related leisure products domestically through our SCP and Superior networks and internationally through our SCP network. We distribute irrigation and landscape products through our Horizon network and tile, decking materials and interior pool finish products through our NPT network.  We adopted the strategy of operating two distinct distribution networks within the U.S. swimming pool market primarily for two reasons:

• to offer our customers a choice of distinctive product selections, locations and service personnel; and

• to increase the level of customer service and operational efficiency provided by the sales centers in each network by promoting healthy competition between the two networks.

We evaluate our sales centers based upon their performance relative to predetermined standards that include both financial and operational measures.  Our corporate support groups provide our field operations with various services, such as developing and coordinating customer and vendor related programs, information systems support and expert resources to help them achieve their goals.  We believe our incentive programs and feedback tools, along with the competitive nature of our internal networks, stimulate and enhance employee performance.

Distribution

Our sales centers are located within population centers near customer concentrations, typically in industrial, commercial or mixed‑use zones.  Customers may pick up products at any sales center location, or we may deliver products to their premises or job sites via our trucks or third party carriers.

Our sales centers maintain well-stocked inventories to meet our customers’ immediate needs.  We utilize warehouse management technology to optimize receiving, inventory control, picking, packing and shipping functions. For additional information regarding our inventory management, see Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Estimates - Inventory Obsolescence,” of this Form 10-K.

We also operate four centralized shipping locations (CSLs) that redistribute products we purchase in bulk quantities to our sales centers or in some cases, directly to customers.  Our CSLs are regional locations that carry a wide range of traditional swimming pool, irrigation and related construction products.  

Purchasing and Suppliers

We enjoy good relationships with our suppliers, who generally offer competitive pricing, return policies and promotional allowances.  It is customary in our industry for certain manufacturers to manage their shipments by offering seasonal terms to qualifying purchasers such as Pool Corporation.  These terms typically allow us to place orders in the fall at a modest discount, take delivery of product during the off-season months and pay for these purchases in the spring or early summer.

Our preferred vendor program encourages our distribution networks to stock and sell products from a smaller number of vendors to optimize profitability and shareholder return.  We also work closely with our vendors to develop programs and services to better meet the needs of our customers and to concentrate our inventory investments.  These practices, together with a more comprehensive service offering, have positively impacted our selling margins and our returns on inventory investments.

We regularly evaluate supplier relationships and consider alternate sourcing to assure competitive cost, service and quality standards.  Our largest suppliers include Pentair Water Pool and Spa, Inc., Hayward Pool Products, Inc. and Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc., which accounted for approximately 20%, 10% and 8%, respectively, of the cost of products we sold in 2016.

6

Competition

We are the largest wholesale distributor of swimming pool and related backyard products (based on industry knowledge and available data) and the only truly national wholesale distributor focused on the swimming pool industry in the United States.  We are also one of the top three distributors of irrigation and landscape products in the United States.  We face intense competition from many regional and local distributors in our markets and from one national wholesale distributor of irrigation and landscape products.  We also face competition, both directly and indirectly, from mass-market retailers and large pool supply retailers (both store-based and internet) who buy directly from manufacturers.

Some geographic markets we serve, particularly the four largest and higher pool density markets of California, Texas, Florida and Arizona, have a greater concentration of competition than others.  Barriers to entry in our industry are relatively low.  We believe that the principal competitive factors in swimming pool and landscape supply distribution are:

• the breadth and availability of products offered;

• the quality and level of customer service;

• the breadth and depth of sales and marketing programs;

• consistency and stability of business relationships with customers and suppliers;

• competitive product pricing; and

• access to commercial credit to finance business working capital.

We believe that we generally compete favorably with respect to each of these factors.

Seasonality and Weather

For a discussion regarding seasonality and weather, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Seasonality and Quarterly Fluctuations,” of this Form 10-K.

Environmental, Health and Safety Regulations

Our business is subject to regulation under local fire codes and international, federal, state and local environmental and health and safety requirements, including regulation by the Environmental Protection Agency, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Department of Transportation, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the National Fire Protection Agency and the International Maritime Organization. Most of these requirements govern the packaging, labeling, handling, transportation, storage and sale of chemicals and fertilizers. We store certain types of chemicals and/or fertilizers at each of our sales centers and the storage of these items is strictly regulated by local fire codes. In addition, we sell algaecides and pest control products that are regulated as pesticides under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act and various state pesticide laws. These laws primarily relate to labeling, annual registration and licensing.

Employees

We employed approximately 3,900 people at December 31, 2016. Given the seasonal nature of our business, our peak employment period is the summer and, depending on expected sales levels, we add 200 to 500 employees to our work force to meet seasonal demand.

Intellectual Property

We maintain both domestic and foreign registered trademarks and patents, primarily for our Pool Corporation and Pool Systems Pty. Ltd. (PSL) branded products that are important to our current and future business operations. We also own rights to numerous internet domain names.

7

Geographic Areas

The table below presents net sales by geographic region, with international sales translated into U.S. dollars at prevailing exchange rates for the past three fiscal years (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
United States	$	2,354,726	$	2,168,802	$	2,037,001
International	216,077		194,337		209,561
	$	2,570,803	$	2,363,139	$	2,246,562

The table below presents net property and equipment by geographic region, with international property and equipment balances translated into U.S. dollars at prevailing exchange rates for the past three fiscal years (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
United States	$	79,064	$	65,885	$	51,027
International	4,226		3,969		5,448
	$	83,290	$	69,854	$	56,475

Available Information

Our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available free of charge on our website at www.poolcorp.com as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such reports with, or furnish them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

Additionally, we have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the Code) that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, and is available on our website at www.poolcorp.com. Any substantive amendments to the Code, or any waivers granted to any directors or executive officers, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, or principal accounting officer and controller, will be disclosed on our website and remain there for at least 12 months.

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

Cautionary Statement for Purposes of the “Safe Harbor” Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

Our disclosure and analysis in this report contains forward-looking information that involves risks and uncertainties. Our forward‑looking statements express our current expectations or forecasts of possible future results or events, including projections of earnings and other financial performance measures, statements of management’s expectations regarding our plans and objectives and industry, general economic and other forecasts of trends and other matters. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this filing, and we undertake no obligation to update or revise such statements to reflect new circumstances or unanticipated events as they occur. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historic or current facts and often use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “believe,” “will likely result,” “outlook,” “project,” “should” and other words and expressions of similar meaning. No assurance can be given that the results in any forward-looking statements will be achieved and actual results could be affected by one or more factors, which could cause them to differ materially. For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act.

8

Risk Factors

Certain factors that may affect our business and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements include the following:

The demand for our swimming pool, irrigation and related outdoor lifestyle products may be adversely affected by unfavorable economic conditions.

Consumer discretionary spending affects our sales and is impacted by factors outside of our control, including general economic conditions, disposable income levels, consumer confidence and access to credit. In economic downturns, the demand for swimming pool, irrigation and related outdoor lifestyle products may decline, often corresponding with declines in discretionary consumer spending, the growth rate of pool eligible households and swimming pool construction. Maintenance products and repair and certain replacement equipment, which are required to maintain existing swimming pools, currently account for approximately 90% of net sales and gross profits related to our swimming pool business; however the growth of this portion of our business depends on the expansion of the installed pool base and could also be adversely affected by decreases in construction activities, similar to the trends between late 2006 and early 2010. A weak economy may also cause consumers to defer discretionary replacement and refurbish activity. Even in generally favorable economic conditions, severe and/or prolonged downturns in the housing market could have a material adverse impact on our financial performance. Such downturns expose us to certain additional risks, including but not limited to the risk of customer closures or bankruptcies, which could shrink our potential customer base and inhibit our ability to collect on those customers’ receivables.

We believe that homeowners’ access to consumer credit is a critical factor enabling the purchase of new pools and irrigation systems. Between late 2006 and early 2010, the unfavorable economic conditions and downturn in the housing market resulted in significant tightening of credit markets, which limited the ability of consumers to access financing for new swimming pools and irrigation systems. Although we have seen improvement since 2010, tightening consumer credit could cause consumers to not be able to obtain financing for pool, irrigation and related outdoor projects, which could negatively impact our sales of construction-related products.

We are susceptible to adverse weather conditions.

Weather is one of the principal external factors affecting our business. For example, unseasonably late warming trends in the spring or early cooling trends in the fall can shorten the length of the pool season. Also, unseasonably cool weather or extraordinary rainfall during the peak season can decrease swimming pool use, installation and maintenance, as well as irrigation installations and landscape maintenance. These weather conditions adversely affect sales of our products. While warmer weather conditions favorably impact our sales, global warming trends and other significant climate changes can create more variability in the short term or lead to other unfavorable weather conditions that could adversely impact our sales or operations. Drought conditions or water management initiatives may lead to municipal ordinances related to water use restrictions, which could result in decreased pool and irrigation system installations and negatively impact our sales. For a discussion regarding seasonality and weather, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Seasonality and Quarterly Fluctuations,” of this Form 10-K.

Our distribution business is highly dependent on our ability to maintain favorable relationships with suppliers.

As a distribution company, maintaining favorable relationships with our suppliers is critical to our success. We believe that we add considerable value to the swimming pool and irrigation and landscape supply chains by purchasing products from a large number of manufacturers and distributing the products to a highly fragmented customer base on conditions that are more favorable than these customers could obtain on their own. We believe that we currently enjoy good relationships with our suppliers, who generally offer us competitive pricing, return policies and promotional allowances. However, any failure to maintain favorable relationships with our suppliers could have an adverse effect on our business.

Our largest suppliers are Pentair Water Pool and Spa, Inc., Hayward Pool Products, Inc. and Zodiac Pool Systems, Inc., which accounted for approximately 20%, 10% and 8%, respectively, of the costs of products we sold in 2016. A decision by several suppliers, acting in concert, to sell their products directly to retailers or other end users of their products, bypassing distribution companies like ours, would have an adverse effect on our business. Additionally, the loss of a single significant supplier due to financial failure or a decision to sell exclusively to retailers or end-use consumers could also adversely affect our business.

9

We face intense competition both from within our industry and from other leisure product alternatives.

Within our industry, we directly compete against various regional and local distributors and indirectly, against mass market retailers, large pool or landscape supply retailers and internet retailers as they compete against our customers for the business of pool owners and other end-use customers. Outside of our industry, we compete indirectly with alternative suppliers of big ticket consumer discretionary products, such as boat and motor home distributors, and with other companies who rely on discretionary homeowner expenditures, such as home remodelers. New competitors may emerge as there are low barriers to entry in our industry. Given the density and demand for pool products, some geographic markets that we serve also tend to have a higher concentration of competitors than others, particularly California, Texas, Florida and Arizona. These states encompass our four largest markets and represented approximately 52% of our net sales in 2016.

More aggressive competition by store- and internet-based mass merchants and large pool or landscape supply retailers could adversely affect our sales.

Mass market retailers today carry a limited range of, and devote a limited amount of shelf space to, merchandise and products targeted to our industry. Historically, mass market retailers have generally expanded by adding new stores and product breadth, but their product offering of pool and irrigation and landscape related products has remained relatively constant. Should store- and internet-based mass market retailers increase their focus on the pool or irrigation and landscape industries, or increase the breadth of their pool and irrigation and landscape related product offerings, they may become a more significant competitor for our direct customers and end-use consumers which could have an adverse impact on our business. We may face additional competitive pressures if large pool or landscape supply retailers look to expand their customer base to compete more directly within the distribution channel.

We depend on our ability to attract, develop and retain highly qualified personnel.

We consider our employees to be the foundation for our growth and success. As such, our future success depends in large part on our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. This includes succession planning related to our executive officers and key management personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel, our operating results could be adversely affected.

Past growth may not be indicative of future growth.

Historically, we have experienced substantial sales growth through organic market share gains, new sales center openings and acquisitions that have increased our size, scope and geographic distribution. Since the beginning of 2014, we have opened 13 new sales centers (net of sales center consolidations) and we have completed 8 acquisitions consisting of 21 sales centers (net of sales center consolidations within one year of acquisition). While we contemplate continued growth through internal expansion and acquisitions, no assurance can be made as to our ability to:

• penetrate new markets;

• generate sufficient cash flows to support expansion plans and general operating activities;

• obtain financing;

• identify appropriate acquisition candidates;

• maintain favorable supplier arrangements and relationships; and

• identify and divest assets which do not continue to create value consistent with our objectives.

If we do not manage these potential difficulties successfully, our operating results could be adversely affected.

Our business is highly seasonal.

In 2016, we generated approximately 63% of our net sales and 85% of our operating income in the second and third quarters of the year. These quarters represent the peak months of both swimming pool use, installation, remodeling and repair, and landscape installations and maintenance. Our sales are substantially lower during the first and fourth quarters of the year, when we may incur net losses.

10

The nature of our business subjects us to compliance with environmental, health, transportation and safety regulations.

We are subject to regulation under federal, state, local and international environmental, health, transportation and safety requirements, which govern such things as packaging, labeling, handling, transportation, storage and sale of chemicals and fertilizers. For example, we sell algaecides and pest control products that are regulated as pesticides under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act and various state pesticide laws. These laws primarily relate to labeling, annual registration and licensing.

Management has processes in place to facilitate and support our compliance with these requirements. However failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties or the imposition of injunctive relief. Moreover, compliance with such laws and regulations in the future could prove to be costly. Although we presently do not expect to incur any capital or other expenditures relating to regulatory matters in amounts that may be material to us, we may be required to make such expenditures in the future. These laws and regulations have changed substantially and rapidly over the last 25 years and we anticipate that there will be continuing changes.

The clear trend in environmental, health, transportation and safety regulations is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that impact the environment, such as the use and handling of chemicals. Increasingly, strict restrictions and limitations have resulted in higher operating costs for us and it is possible that the costs of compliance with such laws and regulations will continue to increase. We will attempt to anticipate future regulatory requirements that might be imposed and we will plan accordingly to remain in compliance with changing regulations and to minimize the costs of such compliance.

We store chemicals, fertilizers and other combustible materials that involve fire, safety and casualty risks.

We store chemicals and fertilizers, including certain combustibles and oxidizing compounds, at our sales centers. A fire, explosion or flood affecting one of our facilities could give rise to fire, safety and casualty losses and related liability claims. We maintain what we believe is prudent insurance protection. However, we cannot guarantee that our insurance coverage will be adequate to cover future claims that may arise or that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable. Successful claims for which we are not fully insured may adversely affect our working capital and profitability. In addition, changes in the insurance industry have generally led to higher insurance costs and decreased availability of coverage.

We conduct business internationally, which exposes us to additional risks.

Our international operations, which accounted for 8% of our total net sales in 2016, expose us to certain additional risks, including:

• difficulty in staffing international subsidiary operations;

• different political and regulatory conditions;

• currency fluctuations;

• adverse tax consequences; and

• dependence on other economies.

For foreign sourced products, we may be subject to certain trade restrictions that would prevent us from obtaining products and there is also a greater risk that we may not be able to access products in a timely and efficient manner. Fluctuations in other factors relating to international trade, such as tariffs, transportation costs and inflation are additional risks for our international operations. 

We depend on a global network of suppliers to source our products. Product quality or safety concerns could negatively impact our sales and expose us to legal claims.

We rely on manufacturers and other suppliers to provide us with the products we sell and distribute. As we increase the number of Pool Corporation and PSL branded products we distribute, our exposure to potential liability claims may increase. The risk of claims may also be greater with respect to products manufactured by third-party suppliers outside the United States, particularly in China. Uncertainties with respect to foreign legal systems may adversely affect us in resolving claims arising from our foreign sourced products. Even if we are successful in defending any claim relating to the products we distribute, claims of this nature could negatively impact customer confidence in our products and our company. 

11

We rely on information technology systems to support our business operations. Any disturbance or breach of our technological infrastructure could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, failure to maintain the security of confidential information could damage our reputation and expose us to litigation.

Information technology supports several aspects of our business,including among others, product sourcing, pricing, customer service, transaction processing, financial reporting, collections and cost management.  Our ability to operate effectively on a day to day basis depends on a solid technological infrastructure, which is inherently susceptible to internal and external threats.  We are vulnerable to interruption by fire, natural disaster, power loss, telecommunication failures, internet failures, security breaches and other catastrophic events. Exposure to various types of cyber-attacks such as malware, computer viruses, worms, or other malicious acts, as well as human error, could also potentially disrupt our operations or result in a significant interruption in the delivery of our goods and services. Advances in computer and software capabilities, encryption technology and other discoveries increase the complexity of our technological environment, including how each interact with our various software platforms, and may delay or hinder our ability to process transactions and compromise the integrity of our data.

We have designed numerous procedures and protocols to mitigate cybersecurity risks. We continually invest in information technology security and update our business continuity plan. However, the failure to maintain security over and prevent unauthorized access to our data, our customers’ personal information, including credit card information, or data belonging to our suppliers, could put us at a competitive disadvantage, result in damage to our reputation and subject us to potential litigation, liability, fines and penalties, resulting in a possible material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

A terrorist attack or the threat of a terrorist attack could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Discretionary spending on leisure product offerings such as ours is generally adversely affected during times of economic or political uncertainty. The potential for terrorist attacks, the national and international responses to terrorist attacks, and other acts of war or hostility could create these types of uncertainties and negatively impact our business for the short or long term in ways that cannot presently be predicted.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

12

Item 2.  Properties

We lease the Pool Corporation corporate offices, which consist of approximately 54,800 square feet of office space in Covington, Louisiana, from an entity in which we have a 50% ownership interest. We own three sales center facilities in Florida and one in Texas. We lease all of our other properties and the majority of our leases have three to seven year terms.

As of December 31, 2016, we had 10 leases with remaining terms longer than seven years that expire between 2024 and 2027. Most of our leases contain renewal options, some of which involve rent increases. In addition to minimum rental payments, which are set at competitive rates, certain leases require reimbursement for taxes, maintenance and insurance.

Our sales centers range in size from approximately 2,000 square feet to 60,000 square feet and generally consist of warehouse, counter, display and office space.  Our centralized shipping locations (CSLs) range in size from approximately 103,000 square feet to 185,000 square feet.

We believe that our facilities are well maintained, suitable for our business and occupy sufficient space to meet our operating needs. As part of our normal business, we regularly evaluate sales center performance and site suitability and may relocate a sales center or consolidate two locations if a sales center is redundant in a market, underperforming or otherwise deemed unsuitable. We do not believe that any single lease is material to our operations.

The table below summarizes the changes in our sales centers during the year ended December 31, 2016:

Network	12/31/15	New Locations	Consolidated Locations (2)(3)		Acquired Locations	12/31/16
SCP	161	2	(1	)	—	162
Superior	65	1	(1	)	—	65
Horizon	60	—	(2	)	8	66
NPT (1)	15	2	—		—	17
Total Domestic	301	5	(4	)	8	310
SCP International	35	1	(2	)	—	34
Total	336	6	(6	)	8	344

⁽¹⁾  In 2014, we identified NPT as a separate network. In addition to the stand-alone NPT sales centers, there are over 80 SCP and Superior locations that have consumer showrooms and serve as stocking locations that feature NPT brand tile and composite finish products.

⁽²⁾  Consolidated sales centers are those locations where we expect to transfer the majority of the existing business to our nearby sales center locations.

⁽³⁾  We consolidated two of these locations near the end of 2016. While these are not in our sales center count at year end, the sales for 2016 are included in our consolidated net sales for the year.

13

The table below identifies the number of sales centers in each state, territory or country by distribution network as of December 31, 2016:

Location	SCP	Superior	Horizon	NPT	Total
United States
California	25	21	17	6	69
Texas	20	5	17	5	47
Florida	33	6	4	1	44
Arizona	6	6	10	2	24
Georgia	6	2	—	1	9
Nevada	2	3	3	—	8
Tennessee	5	3	—	—	8
Washington	1	—	6	—	7
Alabama	4	2	—	—	6
New York	6	—	—	—	6
Louisiana	5	—	—	—	5
Missouri	3	1	—	1	5
New Jersey	3	2	—	—	5
Pennsylvania	3	1	—	1	5
Colorado	1	1	2	—	4
Illinois	3	1	—	—	4
Indiana	2	2	—	—	4
North Carolina	3	1	—	—	4
Ohio	2	2	—	—	4
Oregon	1	—	3	—	4
South Carolina	3	1	—	—	4
Virginia	2	1	1	—	4
Idaho	1	—	2	—	3
Oklahoma	2	1	—	—	3
Arkansas	2	—	—	—	2
Connecticut	2	—	—	—	2
Kansas	2	—	—	—	2
Maryland	1	—	1	—	2
Massachusetts	2	—	—	—	2
Michigan	2	—	—	—	2
Minnesota	1	1	—	—	2
Mississippi	2	—	—	—	2
Hawaii	1	—	—	—	1
Iowa	1	—	—	—	1
Kentucky	—	1	—	—	1
Nebraska	1	—	—	—	1
New Mexico	1	—	—	—	1
Puerto Rico	1	—	—	—	1
Utah	1	—	—	—	1
Wisconsin	—	1	—	—	1
Total United States	162	65	66	17	310
International
Canada	13	—	—	—	13
France	5	—	—	—	5
Australia	4	—	—	—	4
Mexico	3	—	—	—	3
Portugal	2	—	—	—	2
United Kingdom	2	—	—	—	2
Belgium	1	—	—	—	1
Colombia	1	—	—	—	1
Germany	1	—	—	—	1
Italy	1	—	—	—	1
Spain	1	—	—	—	1
Total International	34	—	—	—	34
Total	196	65	66	17	344

14

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are subject to various claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, including product liability, personal injury, commercial, contract and employment matters. While the outcome of any litigation is inherently unpredictable, based on currently available facts we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these matters will have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

15

PART II.

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “POOL.”  On February 8, 2017, there were approximately 37,614 holders of record of our common stock.  The table below sets forth the high and low closing sales prices of our common stock as well as dividends declared per common share for each quarter during the last two fiscal years.

	High		Low		Dividends Declared
Fiscal 2016
First Quarter	$	87.96	$	74.37	$	0.26
Second Quarter	94.03		86.68		0.31
Third Quarter	102.51		93.02		0.31
Fourth Quarter	107.49		90.59		0.31
Fiscal 2015
First Quarter	$	70.43	$	62.21	$	0.22
Second Quarter	71.80		64.89		0.26
Third Quarter	72.80		66.14		0.26
Fourth Quarter	84.16		72.63		0.26

We initiated quarterly dividend payments to our shareholders in the second quarter of 2004 and we have continued payments in each subsequent quarter. Our Board of Directors (our Board) has increased the dividend amount eleven times including in the fourth quarter of 2004, annually in the second quarters of 2005 through 2008 and in the second quarters of 2011 through 2016.  Future dividend payments will be at the discretion of our Board, after considering various factors, including our earnings, capital requirements, financial position, contractual restrictions and other relevant business considerations. For a description of restrictions on dividends in our Credit Facility and Receivables Facility, see Note 5 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. We cannot assure shareholders or potential investors that dividends will be declared or paid any time in the future if our Board determines that there is a better use of our funds.

Stock Performance Graph

The information included under the caption “Stock Performance Graph” in this Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the 1934 Act) or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the 1934 Act, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the 1934 Act, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such a filing.

The following graph compares the total stockholder return on our common stock for the last five fiscal years with the total return on the S&P MidCap 400 Index and the NASDAQ Index for the same period, in each case assuming the investment of $100 on December 31, 2011 and the reinvestment of all dividends. We believe the S&P MidCap 400 Index includes companies with market capitalizations comparable to ours. Additionally, we chose the S&P MidCap 400 Index for comparison, as opposed to an industry index, because we do not believe that we can reasonably identify a peer group or a published industry or line-of-business index that contains companies in a similar line of business.

16

	Base Period		Indexed Returns Years Ending
Company / Index	12/31/11		12/31/12		12/31/13		12/31/14		12/31/15		12/31/16
Pool Corporation	$	100.00	$	142.85	$	199.03	$	220.34	$	284.51	$	372.10
S&P MidCap 400 Index	100.00		117.88		157.37		172.74		168.98		204.03
NASDAQ Index	100.00		117.45		164.57		188.84		201.98		219.89

Purchases of Equity Securities

The table below summarizes the repurchases of our common stock in the fourth quarter of 2016.

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased (1)	Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plan (2)	Maximum Approximate DollarValue of Shares That May Yet be Purchased Underthe Plan (3)
October 1 – October 31, 2016	449,600	$	93.96	449,600	$	64,667,024
November 1 – November 30, 2016	196,400	$	92.12	196,400	$	46,574,308
December 1 – December 31, 2016	1,700	$	104.34	—	$	46,574,308
Total	647,700	$	93.43	646,000

⁽¹⁾  These shares may include shares of our common stock surrendered to us by employees in order to satisfy minimum tax withholding obligations in connection with certain exercises of employee stock options and/or the exercise price of such options granted under our share-based compensation plans. There were 1,700 shares surrendered for this purpose in the fourth quarter of 2016.

⁽²⁾  In February 2016, our Board authorized an additional $150.0 million under our share repurchase program for the repurchase of shares of our common stock in the open market at prevailing market prices or in privately negotiated transactions.

⁽³⁾  In 2016, we purchased a total of $175.6 million, or 2,028,517 shares, in the open market at an average price of $86.56 per share. As of February 20, 2017, our total authorization remaining was $46.6 million.

17

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The table below sets forth selected financial data from the Consolidated Financial Statements. You should read this information in conjunction with the discussions in Item 7 of this Form 10-K and with the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

(in thousands, except per share data)	Year Ended December 31,
	2016			2015			2014			2013			2012 (1)
Statement of Income Data
Net sales	$	2,570,803		$	2,363,139		$	2,246,562		$	2,079,700		$	1,953,974
Operating income	255,859			216,222			188,870			165,486			144,869
Net income	148,603			128,224			111,030			97,330			81,972
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	148,955			128,275			110,692			97,330			81,972
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	3.56		$	2.98		$	2.50		$	2.10		$	1.75
Diluted	$	3.47		$	2.90		$	2.44		$	2.05		$	1.71
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	1.19		$	1.00		$	0.85		$	0.73		$	0.62
Balance Sheet Data
Working capital	$	399,337		$	356,899		$	345,305		$	313,843		$	295,100
Total assets (2)	994,095			934,361			890,971			821,647			779,094
Total long-term debt, net, including current portion (2)	438,042			328,045			318,872			244,304			229,400
Stockholders’ equity	205,210			255,743			244,352			286,182			281,623
Other
Base business sales growth (3)	7		%	5		%	7		%	6		%	7		%
Number of sales centers	344			336			328			321			312

⁽¹⁾  In 2012, operating income, net income attributable to Pool Corporation and earnings per share amounts were significantly impacted by a $6.9 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge related to our United Kingdom reporting unit. The impact of this impairment charge on earnings was $0.14 per diluted share.

⁽²⁾  Upon adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30) - Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, we now include financing costs, net of accumulated amortization as a component of long-term debt. For comparability across all periods presented on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, we reclassified certain amounts from Other assets, net in prior periods to Long-term debt, net to conform to our 2016 presentation.

⁽³⁾  For a discussion regarding our calculation of base business sales, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - RESULTS OF OPERATIONS,” of this Form 10-K.

18

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

For a discussion of our base business calculations, see the RESULTS OF OPERATIONS section below.

2016 FINANCIAL OVERVIEW

Financial Results

2016proved to be a year of excellent results. We attribute solid sales growth and even stronger profit growth to a combination of favorable weather and strong execution.

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016increased 9% compared to 2015. Base business sales of 7% accounted for much of this increase. Warmer than average temperatures, especially in the beginning and end of the year, lengthened the 2016 season and benefited sales. Sales were also bolstered by growth in pool remodeling, equipment replacement, commercial products and swimming pool construction.

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2016increased 10% over 2015. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales (gross margin) grew 20 basis points to 28.8% for 2016 compared to 28.6% in 2015. Gross margin for the year benefited from continued improvements in supply chain management and disciplined execution.

Selling and administrative expenses (operating expenses) for 2016increased 6% from 2015, with base business operating expenses up approximately 4% over last year. The increase in base business operating expenses was primarily due to higher growth-driven labor costs, building rent and freight.

Operating income for the year improved 18% over 2015. Operating income as a percentage of net sales (operating margin) increased to 10.0% in 2016 compared to 9.1% in 2015.

Net income attributable to Pool Corporation increased 16% compared to 2015, while earnings per share was up 20% to $3.47 per diluted share.

Financial Position and Liquidity

Cash provided by operations was $165.4 million in 2016 and exceeded Net income by $16.8 million. Combined with $109.4 million in net proceeds from borrowings, cash from operating activities helped fund the following initiatives:

• share repurchases in the open market of $175.6 million;

• quarterly cash dividend payments to shareholders, totaling $49.7 million for the year;

• net capital expenditures of $34.4 million; and

• payments of $19.7 million for acquisitions.

Total net receivables, including pledged receivables, increased 6% compared to December 31, 2015, consistent with sales growth. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $4.1 million at December 31, 2016 and $4.2 million at December 31, 2015.

Inventory levels grew 2% to $486.1 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $474.3 million at December 31, 2015. Our reserve for inventory obsolescence was $6.5 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $7.0 million at December 31, 2015. Our inventory turns, as calculated on a trailing four quarters basis, were 3.6 times at December 31, 2016 and 3.5 times at December 31, 2015.

Total debt outstanding of $438.0 million at December 31, 2016increased $110.0 million or 34% compared to December 31, 2015 primarily due to increased share repurchases in 2016.

Current Trends and Outlook

Over the past five years, we estimate the pool industry grew from 2% to 4% per year due to the gradual improvement in remodeling and replacement activity. Improvements in general external market factors in the United States including consumer confidence, employment, housing, consumer financing and economic expansion, largely support our base business growth. We feel these positive external trends have promoted increased consumer spending on higher value products that enhance swimming pools and outdoor living spaces. Our consistent base business sales growth reflects industry growth plus market share gains from existing customers expanding their businesses and our success in newer market initiatives such as hardscapes and commercial pools.

19

While we estimate that new pool construction has increased to approximately 65,000 - 70,000 new units in 2016 from the historically low levels experienced during the economic downturn, construction levels are still down approximately 65% - 70% compared to peak historical levels and down approximately 55% - 60% from what we consider normal levels. Favorable weather plays a role in industry growth by accelerating growth in any given year, while unfavorable weather impedes growth. In 2015 specifically, excessive precipitation impacted our industry in the second quarter; however a mild fall and delayed winter alleviated any contraction in industry growth rates. In 2016, an earlier start to the pool season due to warmer than usual temperatures and overall favorable weather throughout the rest of the year benefited the industry as a whole.

We believe there is potential for continued sales recovery due to the build-up of deferred replacement and remodeling activity over the next several years and our expectation is that the new pool and irrigation construction levels will gradually normalize. Additionally, we believe favorable demographics from an aging population and southern migration are ideal for increased residential investment, especially in outdoor lifestyle products. We expect that market conditions in the United States will continue to improve, enabling further recovery of replacement, remodeling and new construction activity to normalized levels over the next 4 to 7 years. We expect that the industry will realize an annual growth rate of approximately 3% to 6% over this time period. As economic trends indicate that consumer spending has been slowly recovering and that residential construction activities will likely continue to gradually improve, we believe that we are well positioned to take advantage of both the eventual market recovery and the inherent long-term growth opportunities in our industry.

We established our initial outlook for 2017 based on reasonable expectations of organic market share growth, ongoing leverage of infrastructure and continuous process improvements. For 2017, we expect the macroeconomic environment in the United States will be quite similar to 2016. We expect to continue to gain market share through our comprehensive service and product offerings, which we continually diversify through internal sourcing initiatives and expansion into new markets. We also plan to broaden our geographic presence by opening 6 to 8 new sales centers in 2017 and by making selective acquisitions when appropriate opportunities arise.

The following section summarizes our outlook for 2017:

• We project base business sales growth of 5% to 7%, impacted by the following factors and assumptions:

◦ assumed normal weather patterns for 2017, which contrasts with the favorable weather experienced in 2016, particularly in the first and fourth quarters;

◦ anticipated continued growth from replacement, remodeling and construction activity;

◦ an overall decrease in customer early buy shipments for the full year, mostly impacting the first quarter of 2017 (projected to bring down sales by 2% to 4% compared to the first quarter of 2016 and shift those sales into the remainder of the year);

◦ one less selling day for the full year for 2017 compared to 2016 due to one less selling day in the third quarter of 2017 (neutral selling days for all other quarters); and

◦ inflationary product cost increases of approximately 1% to 2%.

• We expect relatively neutral gross margin trends for the full year, as we believe our sales growth will continue to be weighted toward sales of lower margin discretionary products. Adverse margin impacts should be offset by benefits from our efforts in supply chain management and internal pricing initiatives.

• We project operating expenses will grow at approximately half the rate of our gross profit growth, reflecting inflationary increases and incremental costs to support our sales growth expectations.

• Excluding the impact from the adoption of new accounting standards, we expect our effective tax rate will be consistent with 2016. Our effective tax rate is dependent upon our results of operations and may change if actual results are different from our current expectations, particularly any significant changes in our geographic mix. Upon adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, we expect our effective tax rate will fluctuate from quarter to quarter, particularly in periods when employees elect to exercise their vested stock options or when restrictions on share-based awards lapse. Based on our comparison of our deferred tax assets for share‑based compensation to the current intrinsic value of the underlying awards, we expect to recognize material income tax benefits in periods when these transactions occur. We recorded excess tax benefits of $7.4 million in stockholders’ equity in 2016. However we expect the income tax benefit in 2017 will be higher based on the closing price of our common stock at December 31, 2016. The adoption of this guidance will also increase our diluted weighted average shares outstanding.

We project that 2017 earnings will range from $3.80 to $4.00 per diluted share, which does not include the expected favorable impact from the adoption of ASU 2016-09. We expect cash provided by operations will approximate net income for fiscal 2017, and subject to additional authorization by our Board of Directors, we anticipate that we will use $100.0 million to $150.0 million in cash for share repurchases.

20

The forward-looking statements in this Current Trends and Outlook section are subject to significant risks and uncertainties, including changes in the economy and the housing market, the sensitivity of our business to weather conditions, our ability to maintain favorable relationships with suppliers and manufacturers, competition from other leisure product alternatives and mass merchants, and other risks detailed in Item 1A of this Form 10-K.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

We prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related disclosures. Management identifies critical accounting estimates as:

• those that require the use of assumptions about matters that are inherently and highly uncertain at the time the estimates are made; and

• those for which changes in the estimate or assumptions, or the use of different estimates and assumptions, could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

Management has discussed the development, selection and disclosure of our critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of our Board. We believe the following critical accounting estimates require us to make the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on an estimate of the losses we will incur if our customers do not make required payments. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and typically do not require collateral. Consistent with industry practices, we generally require payment from our North American customers within 30 days, except for sales under early buy programs for which we provide extended payment terms to qualified customers. The extended terms usually require payments in equal installments in April, May and June or May and June, depending on geographic location. Credit losses have generally been within or better than our expectations.

Similar to our business, our customers’ businesses are seasonal. Sales are lowest in the winter months and our past due accounts receivable balance as a percentage of total receivables generally increases during this time. We provide reserves for uncollectible accounts based on our accounts receivable aging. These reserves range from 0.05% for amounts currently due to up to 100% for specific accounts more than 60 days past due.

At the end of each quarter, we perform a reserve analysis of all accounts with balances greater than $20,000 and more than 60 days past due. Additionally, we perform a separate reserve analysis on the balance of our accounts receivables with emphasis on past due accounts. As we review these past due accounts, we evaluate collectibility based on a combination of factors including:

• aging statistics and trends;

• customer payment history;

• independent credit reports; and

• discussions with customers.

During the year, we write off account balances when we have exhausted reasonable collection efforts and determined that the likelihood of collection is remote. These write-offs are charged against our allowance for doubtful accounts. In the past five years, write-offs have averaged approximately 0.07% of net sales annually.  Write-offs as a percentage of net sales approximated 0.07% in 2016, 0.05% in 2015 and 0.10% in 2014. We expect that write-offs will range from 0.05% to 0.10% of net sales in 2017.

At the end of each fiscal year, we prepare a hindsight analysis by comparing the prior year-end allowance for doubtful accounts balance to (i) current year write-offs and (ii) any significantly aged outstanding receivable balances. Based on our hindsight analysis, we concluded that the prior year allowance was within a range of acceptable estimates, but conservative overall as 2016 write-offs came in consistent with our five-year average but lower than previous historical trends. While we slightly lowered our general reserve percentage to account for declining write-offs in recent years, our overall reserve methodology and process for estimating specific reserves remains unchanged.

If the balance of the accounts receivable reserve increased or decreased by 20% at December 31, 2016, pretax income would change by approximately $0.8 million and earnings per share would change by approximately $0.01 per diluted share (based on the number of weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2016).

21

Inventory Obsolescence

Product inventories represent the largest asset on our balance sheet. Our goal is to manage our inventory such that we minimize stock-outs to provide the highest level of service to our customers. To do this, we maintain at each sales center an adequate inventory of stock keeping units (SKUs) with the highest sales volumes. At the same time, we continuously strive to better manage our slower moving classes of inventory, which are not as critical to our customers and thus, inherently have lower velocity.

We classify products into 13 classes at the sales center level based on sales at each location over the past 12 months (or 36 months for tile and 48 months for parts products). All inventory is included in these classes, except for special order non-stock items that lack a SKU in our system and products with less than 12 months of usage. The table below presents a description of these inventory classes:

Class 0	new products with less than 12 months usage (or 36 months for tile and 48 months for parts products)
Classes 1-4	highest sales value items, which represent approximately 80% of net sales at the sales center
Classes 5-12	lower sales value items, which we keep in stock to provide a high level of customer service
Class 13	products with no sales for the past 12 months at the local sales center level, excluding special order products not yet delivered to the customer
Null class	non-stock special order items

There is little risk of obsolescence for products in classes 1-4 because products in these classes generally turn quickly. We establish our reserve for inventory obsolescence based on inventory classes 5-13, which we believe represent some exposure to inventory obsolescence, with particular emphasis on SKUs with the least sales over the previous 12 months. The reserve is intended to reflect the value of inventory that we may not be able to sell at a profit. We provide a reserve of 5% for inventory in classes 5-13 and non-stock inventory as determined at the sales center level. We also provide an additional 5% reserve for excess inventory in classes 5-12 and an additional 45% reserve for excess inventory in class 13. We determine excess inventory, which is defined as the amount of inventory on hand in excess of the previous 12 months’ usage, on a company-wide basis.  We also evaluate whether the calculated reserve provides sufficient coverage of the total class 13 inventory.

In evaluating the adequacy of our reserve for inventory obsolescence, we consider a combination of factors including:

• the level of inventory in relation to historical sales by product, including inventory usage by class based on product sales at both the sales center and on a company-wide basis;

• changes in customer preferences or regulatory requirements;

• seasonal fluctuations in inventory levels;

• geographic location; and

• superseded products and new product offerings.

We periodically adjust our reserve for inventory obsolescence as changes occur in the above-identified factors. At the end of each fiscal year, we prepare a hindsight analysis by comparing the prior year-end obsolescence reserve balance to (i) current year inventory write-offs and (ii) the value of products with no sales for the past 12 months that remain in inventory. Based on our hindsight analysis, we concluded that our prior year reserve was within a range of acceptable estimates and that our reserve methodology is appropriate.

If the balance of our inventory reserve increased or decreased by 20% at December 31, 2016, pretax income would change by approximately $1.3 million and earnings per share would change by approximately $0.02 per diluted share (based on the number of weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2016).

22

Vendor Programs

Many of our vendor arrangements provide for us to receive specified amounts of consideration when we achieve any of a number of measures.  These measures generally relate to the volume level of purchases from our vendors and may include negotiated pricing arrangements.  We account for vendor programs as vendor incentives, and accordingly as a reduction of the prices of the vendor’s products and therefore a reduction of inventory until we sell the product, at which time we recognize such incentives as a reduction of cost of sales in our income statement.

Throughout the year, we estimate the amount earned based on our estimate of total purchases for the fiscal year relative to the purchase levels that mark our progress toward the attainment of various levels within certain vendor programs. We accrue vendor incentives on a monthly basis using these estimates provided that we determine they are probable and reasonably estimable. Our estimates for annual purchases, future inventory levels and sales of qualifying products are driven by our sales projections, which can be significantly impacted by a number of external factors including weather and changes in economic conditions.  Changes in our purchasing mix also impact our estimates, as program rates can vary depending on our volume of purchases from specific vendors.

We continually revise these estimates throughout the year to reflect actual purchase levels and identifiable trends. As a result, our estimated quarterly vendor incentive accruals may include cumulative catch-up adjustments to reflect any changes in our estimates between reporting periods. These adjustments tend to have a greater impact on gross margin in the fourth quarter since it is our seasonally slowest quarter and because the majority of our vendor arrangements are based on calendar year periods. We update our estimates for these arrangements at year end to reflect actual annual purchase levels. In the first quarter of the subsequent year, we prepare a hindsight analysis by comparing actual vendor credits received to the prior year vendor receivable balances. Based on our hindsight analysis, we concluded that our vendor program estimates were within a range of acceptable estimates and that our estimation methodology is appropriate.

If market conditions were to change, vendors may change the terms of some or all of these programs. Although such changes would not affect the amounts we have recorded related to products already purchased, they may lower or raise our cost for products purchased and sold in future periods.

Income Taxes

We record deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities using currently enacted rates and laws that will be in effect when we expect the differences to reverse.  Due to changing tax laws and state income tax rates, significant judgment is required to estimate the effective tax rate expected to apply to tax differences that are expected to reverse in the future.

As of December 31, 2016, we have not provided for United States income taxes on undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries, as we have invested or expect to invest the undistributed earnings indefinitely.  If these earnings are repatriated to the United States in the future, or if we determine that the earnings will be remitted in the foreseeable future, additional tax provisions may be required. Determining the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable due to the complexity of tax laws and regulations and the varying circumstances, tax treatments and timing of any future repatriation.

We hold, through our wholly owned affiliates, cash balances in the countries in which we operate, including amounts held outside the United States.  Most of the amounts held outside the United States could be repatriated to the United States, but under current law, may be subject to United States federal income taxes, less applicable foreign tax credits. Repatriation of some foreign balances is restricted by local laws including the imposition of withholding taxes in some jurisdictions. Historically our foreign locations have not generated adequate earnings to both repatriate to the United States and fund foreign operations. Those historical and future foreign earnings will remain permanently reinvested and be used to support our foreign operations and pay non-U.S. obligations.

We have operations in 39 states, 1 United States territory and 11 foreign countries. The amount of income taxes we pay is subject to adjustment by the applicable tax authorities.  We are subject to regular audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities.   We recognize a benefit from an uncertain tax position only after determining it is more likely than not that the tax position will withstand examination by the applicable taxing authority. Our estimate for the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is highly judgmental. We regularly evaluate our tax positions and incorporate these expectations into our reserve estimates. We believe we have adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcome related to these matters.  However, our future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities in the period the assessments are made or resolved, or when statutes of limitation on potential assessments expire.  These adjustments may include changes in valuation allowances that we have established.  As a result of these uncertainties, our total income tax provision may fluctuate on a quarterly basis.

23

Each year, we prepare a return to provision analysis upon filing our income tax returns. Based on this hindsight analysis, we concluded that our prior year income tax provision was within a range of acceptable estimates and that our provision calculation methodology is appropriate. Differences between our effective income tax rate and federal and state statutory tax rates are primarily due to valuation allowances recorded for certain of our international subsidiaries with tax losses.

Performance-Based Compensation Accrual

The Compensation Committee of our Board (Compensation Committee) annually reviews our compensation structure to oversee management’s implementation of maintaining a program that attracts, retains, develops and motivates employees without leading to unnecessary risk taking. Our compensation packages include bonus plans that are specific to each group of eligible participants and their levels and areas of responsibility. The majority of our bonus plans have annual cash payments that are based primarily on objective performance criteria. We calculate bonuses based on the achievement of certain key measurable financial and operational results, including operating income and diluted earnings per share (EPS).

We use an annual cash performance award (annual bonus) to focus corporate behavior on short-term goals for growth, financial performance and other specific financial and business improvement metrics. Management sets the Company’s annual bonus objectives at the beginning of the bonus plan year using both historical information and forecasted results of operations for the current plan year. Management also establishes specific business improvement objectives for both our operating units and corporate employees. The Compensation Committee approves objectives for bonus plans involving executive management.

We also utilize our medium-term (three-year) Strategic Plan Incentive Program (SPIP) to provide senior management with an additional cash-based, pay-for-performance award based upon the achievement of specified earnings growth objectives. Payouts through the SPIP are based on three-year compounded annual growth rates (CAGRs) of our diluted EPS.

We record annual performance-based compensation accruals based on positive operating income achieved in a quarter as a percentage of total expected operating income for the year. We estimate total expected operating income for the current plan year using management’s estimate of the total overall incentives earned per the stated bonus plan objectives. Starting in June, and continuing each quarter through our fiscal year end, we adjust our estimated performance-based compensation accrual based on our detailed analysis of each bonus plan, the participants’ progress toward achievement of their specific objectives and management’s estimates related to the discretionary components of the bonus plans, if any.

We record SPIP accruals based on our total expected EPS for the current fiscal year and CAGR estimates for the succeeding two years. We base our current fiscal year estimates on the same assumptions used for our annual bonus calculation and our CAGR estimates on historical growth rates and projections for the remainder of the three-year performance periods.

Our quarterly performance-based compensation expense and accrual balances may vary relative to actual annual bonus expense and payouts due to the following:

• differences between estimated and actual performance;

• our projections related to achievement of multiple-year performance objectives for our SPIP; and

• the discretionary components of the bonus plans.

We generally make bonus payments at the end of February following the most recently completed fiscal year. Each year, we compare the actual bonus payouts to amounts accrued at the previous year end to determine the accuracy of our performance-based compensation estimates. Based on our hindsight analysis, we concluded that our performance-based compensation accrual balances were within a reasonable range of acceptable estimates and that our estimation methodologies are appropriate.

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill is our largest intangible asset. At December 31, 2016, our goodwill balance was $184.8 million, representing approximately 19% of total assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the amount we paid to acquire a company over the estimated fair value of tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed.

We perform our goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of each year or on a more frequent basis if events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate potential impairment.  If the estimated fair value of any of our reporting units falls below its carrying value, we compare the estimated fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its estimated fair value, we recognize the difference as an impairment loss in operating income.

24

Since we define an operating segment as an individual sales center and we do not have operations below the sales center level, our reporting unit is an individual sales center.  As of October 1, 2016, we had 222 reporting units with allocated goodwill balances. The highest goodwill balance was $5.7 million and the average goodwill balance was $0.8 million. In October 2016, 2015 and 2014, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test and did not identify any goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level. In the third quarter of 2016, we recorded a $0.6 million goodwill impairment charge related to an at-risk reporting unit in Quebec, Canada. We have been monitoring this location’s results, which came in below expectations at the end of the 2016 pool season. As of December 31, 2016, the remaining goodwill balance for this reporting unit was $1.7 million.

We estimate the fair value of our reporting units based on an income approach that incorporates our assumptions for determining the present value of future cash flows.  We project future cash flows using management’s assumptions for sales growth rates, operating margins, discount rates and multiples. These estimates can significantly affect the outcome of our impairment test. To determine the reasonableness of the assumptions included in our fair value estimates, we compare the total estimated fair value for all aggregated reporting units to our market capitalization on the date of our impairment test.  We also review for potential impairment indicators at the reporting unit level based on an evaluation of recent historical operating trends, current and projected local market conditions and other relevant factors as appropriate.

To test the reasonableness of our fair value estimates, we compared our aggregate estimated fair values to our market capitalization as of the date of our annual impairment test. We expect that a reasonable fair value estimate would reflect a moderate acquisition premium. Our aggregate estimated fair values fell below our market capitalization, which we consider to be conservative, but reasonable for the purpose of our goodwill impairment test. To facilitate a sensitivity analysis, we reduced our consolidated fair value estimate by 5% to reflect more conservative projected cash flow assumptions, a 50 basis point increase in our estimated weighted average cost of capital or a 50 basis point decrease in the estimated perpetuity growth rate. Our sensitivity analysis generated a fair value estimate significantly below our market capitalization and resulted in the identification of no goodwill impairments and no additional at-risk locations.

Based on the magnitude of its goodwill balance and the continued economic challenges in Italy, we currently consider our Italy reporting unit as at risk for goodwill impairment. Our most sensitive estimates pertain to this reporting unit’s product mix and the related impact on our gross margin projections, which are incorporated into our discounted cash flow assumptions. As of December 31, 2016, our at-risk reporting unit in Italy had a goodwill balance of $3.3 million. We also consider our reporting units in Quebec, Canada, as at risk for goodwill impairment. Results in Quebec began to fall below expectations in 2013, largely due to its heightened sensitivity to weather and certain execution challenges. We cannot be assured of favorable weather conditions in any given year, which strongly impact results for our Quebec reporting units. As of December 31, 2016, we have three reporting units in Quebec, with an aggregate goodwill balance of $2.6 million.

If our assumptions or estimates in our fair value calculations change or if operating results are less than forecasted, we could incur additional impairment charges in future periods, especially related to the reporting units discussed above.  Impairment charges would decrease operating income, negatively impact diluted EPS and result in lower asset values on our balance sheet.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09). The FASB also issued subsequent amendments to ASU 2014-09 to provide clarification on the guidance. ASU 2014-09 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, which for us will be in the period beginning January 1, 2018. We are continuing to perform our detailed evaluation, using a five-step model specified in the guidance, to assess the impacts of the new standard.

• Under the new standard, revenue will be recognized when we satisfy our performance obligation by transferring promised goods or services to our customer. The standard allows for application of the guidance to a portfolio of contracts or performance obligations with similar characteristics. Since our individual sales transactions are very similar in nature, we anticipate applying the guidance to all transactions as a portfolio. We expect that the effects of applying this guidance to the portfolio would not differ materially from applying the guidance to individual performance obligations within that portfolio.

• Our revenue recognition will be achieved upon delivery of goods as there are no other promised services as part of our contracts with customers. Because shipping and handling activities are performed before the customer obtains control of the goods, we do not consider these activities to be a promised service to the customer. Rather shipping and handling are activities to fulfill our promise to transfer the goods. Product warranties do not constitute a performance obligation for us, as products are warrantied directly by the manufacturer.

• To determine the amount of consideration which we expect to be entitled in exchange for transferring promised goods, we will consider if variable consideration exists. We will consider the terms of the contract and our customary business

25

practices to determine the transaction price. We have reviewed our pricing policies and strategies including marketing, loyalty and incentive programs for the purpose of determining whether we have any variable or non-cash consideration. No material items were noted. In addition, we will review our current accounting policies related to returns, price concessions and volume discounts. We will continue our accounting policy election to exclude from revenue all amounts we collect and remit to governmental authorities.

• The majority of our sales transactions do not require any additional performance obligation after delivery, therefore we do not have multiple performance obligations for which we will have to allocate the transaction price.

• We expect to recognize revenue upon delivery to the customer as our performance obligation will be satisfied at that point in time.

We expect to apply the guidance using the cumulative-effect transition method. Based on our analysis performed to date, we do not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations but will result in additional disclosures regarding our revenue recognition policies.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory, which requires entities to measure inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value rather than at the lower of cost or market. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. ASU 2015-11 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. We have not elected to early adopt this guidance. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2015-11 will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and related disclosures.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments, which eliminates the requirement that an acquirer in a business combination account for measurement-period adjustments retrospectively. Instead, an acquirer will recognize a measurement-period adjustment during the period in which it determines the amount of the adjustment. ASU 2015-16 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. We have not elected to early adopt this guidance. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2015-16 will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and related disclosures.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which requires companies to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on the balance sheet rather than separately presenting net deferred tax assets or liabilities as current or noncurrent. Also, companies will no longer allocate valuation allowances between current and noncurrent deferred tax assets because those allowances also will be classified as noncurrent. ASU 2015-17 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. We have not elected to early adopt this guidance. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2015-17 will have an impact on our results of operations, but it will change the presentation of our financial position and disclosures related to deferred tax assets and liabilities.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, which requires lessees to record most leases on their balance sheets but recognize expenses in a manner similar to current guidance. ASU 2016-02 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The guidance is required to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. We are currently evaluating the effect that ASU 2016-02 will have on our financial position, results of operations and related disclosures.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which amends several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. This guidance requires all excess tax benefits or deficiencies to be recognized as income tax benefit or expense in the income statement, and all excess tax benefits to be classified with other income tax cash flows as operating activities. This portion of the amendment should be applied prospectively. The guidance also changes the timing of when excess tax benefits are recognized and the methods available to an entity to estimate the impact of forfeitures related to share-based awards. These two amendment topics should be applied using a modified retrospective transition method, and would require recognition of cumulative-effect adjustments to equity as of the beginning of the period in which the guidance is adopted. The guidance also classifies cash paid by an employer when directly withholding shares for tax-withholding purposes as a financing activity on the statement of cash flows. This portion of the amendment should be applied retrospectively. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period, but we are not early adopting this guidance. The adoption of this guidance will likely have a material positive impact on our income tax provision, net income and operating cash flows in periods in which employees elect to exercise their vested stock options or when restrictions on share-based awards lapse (based on our comparison of our deferred tax assets for share-based compensation to the current intrinsic value of the underlying awards).

26

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses - Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which changes the way companies evaluate credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments. For trade and other receivables, held-to-maturity debt securities, loans and other instruments, entities will be required to use a new forward-looking “expected loss” model to evaluate impairment, potentially resulting in earlier recognition of allowances for losses. The new standard also requires enhanced disclosures, including the requirement to disclose the information used to track credit quality by year of origination for most financing receivables. ASU 2016-13 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for all entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. We have not elected to early adopt this guidance. The guidance must be applied using a cumulative-effect transition method. We are currently evaluating the effect that ASU 2016-13 will have on our financial position, results of operations and related disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which may change the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments on an entity’s statement of cash flows. The new guidance specifies how cash flows should be classified for debt prepayment or extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds for the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance, distributions from equity method investees and beneficial interests in securitization transactions. Current guidance for these topics is principles-based, requiring judgment in application and creating diversity in practice. ASU 2016-15 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and must be applied retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. We have not elected to early adopt this guidance. We are currently evaluating the effect that ASU 2016-15 will have on our financial position and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill to measure a goodwill impairment charge (commonly referred to as Step 2 under the current guidance). Rather, the measurement of a goodwill impairment charge will be based on the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying value over its fair value (Step 1 under the current guidance). ASU 2017-04 will be effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed in periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and should be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests beginning after January 1, 2017. We are currently evaluating the effect that ASU 2017-04 will have on our financial position, results of operations and related disclosures.

27

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The table below summarizes information derived from our Consolidated Statements of Income expressed as a percentage of net sales for the past three fiscal years:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Net sales	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%
Cost of sales	71.2		71.4		71.4
Gross profit	28.8		28.6		28.6
Operating expenses	18.9		19.4		20.2
Operating income	10.0		9.1		8.4
Interest and other non-operating expenses, net	0.6		0.3		0.3
Income before income taxes and equity earnings	9.4	%	8.8	%	8.1	%

Note: Due to rounding, percentages may not add to operating income or income before income taxes and equity earnings.

Our discussion of consolidated operating results includes the operating results from acquisitions in 2016, 2015 and 2014.  We have included the results of operations in our consolidated results since the respective acquisition dates.

Fiscal Year 2016 compared to Fiscal Year 2015

The following table breaks out our consolidated results into the base business component and the excluded components (sales centers excluded from base business):

(Unaudited)	Base Business						Excluded						Total
(in thousands)	Year Ended						Year Ended						Year Ended
	December 31,						December 31,						December 31,
	2016			2015			2016			2015			2016			2015
Net sales	$	2,525,164		$	2,361,134		$	45,639		$	2,005		$	2,570,803		$	2,363,139
Gross profit	727,469			675,262			13,618			382			741,087			675,644
Gross margin	28.8		%	28.6		%	29.8		%	19.1		%	28.8		%	28.6		%
Operating expenses	475,048			458,599			10,180			823			485,228			459,422
Expenses as a % of net sales	18.8		%	19.4		%	22.3		%	41.0		%	18.9		%	19.4		%
Operating income (loss)	252,421			216,663			3,438			(441		)	255,859			216,222
Operating margin	10.0		%	9.2		%	7.5		%	(22.0		)%	10.0		%	9.1		%

28

We have excluded the following acquisitions from base business for the periods identified:

Acquired (1)	Acquisition Date	Net Sales Centers Acquired	Periods Excluded
Metro Irrigation Supply Company Ltd.	April 2016	8	April - December 2016
The Melton Corporation	November 2015	2	January - December 2016 and November - December 2015
Seaboard Industries, Inc.	October 2015	3	January - December 2016 and November - December 2015
Poolwerx Development LLC	April 2015	1	January - June 2016 and April - June 2015
St. Louis Hardscape Material & Supply, LLC	December 2014	1	January - March 2016 and January - March 2015

⁽¹⁾  We acquired certain distribution assets of each of these companies.

When calculating our base business results, we exclude sales centers that are acquired, closed or opened in new markets for a period of 15 months. We also exclude consolidated sales centers when we do not expect to maintain the majority of the existing business and existing sales centers that are consolidated with acquired sales centers.

We generally allocate corporate overhead expenses to excluded sales centers on the basis of their net sales as a percentage of total net sales.  After 15 months of operations, we include acquired, consolidated and new market sales centers in the base business calculation including the comparative prior year period.

The table below summarizes the changes in our sales centers during 2016:

December 31, 2015	336
Acquired	8
New locations	6
Consolidated locations	(6	)
December 31, 2016	344

For information about our recent acquisitions, see Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

29

Net Sales

(in millions)	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		Change
Net sales	$	2,570.8	$	2,363.1	$	207.7	9%

Net sales increased 9% compared to 2015, with the 7% improvement in base business sales contributing much of this increase. Strong execution, combined with overall favorable weather conditions and generally favorable economic and industry conditions supported our sales growth.

The following factors benefited our sales growth (listed in order of estimated magnitude):

• very favorable weather conditions, including the second warmest year on record in the continental United States;

• continued consumer investments in enhancing outdoor living spaces, as evidenced by improvements in sales growth rates for product offerings such as building materials and equipment (see discussion below);

• pool and spa chemical sales, our largest product category at 13% of total net sales, increased 6% over last year; and

• inflationary (estimated at 1% to 2%) product cost increases.

We believe that sales growth rates for certain product offerings, such as building materials and equipment, support our assertion that there continues to be increased spending in traditionally discretionary areas including pool construction, pool remodeling, as well as equipment upgrades. Sales of equipment such as swimming pool heaters, pumps, and lights, which represented 8%, 7%, and 7% of our total net sales, respectively, increased collectively by 9% compared to 2015. This increase reflects both the gradual recovery of replacement activity and increased demand for higher-priced, more energy-efficient products. Sales of building materials, which includes tile, represent just over 9% of net sales for 2016 and grew by 14% compared to 2015.

Sales to customers who service large commercial installations such as hotels, universities and community recreational facilities are included in the appropriate existing product categories and growth in this area is reflected in the numbers above. These sales represented 4% of our consolidated net sales for 2016 and increased 16% compared to 2015 due primarily to our increased focus on the commercial market, as well as greater resources assigned to this area, including designated warehouse space, increased staffing and additional vendor relationships.

In terms of quarterly performance, base business sales increased 13% in the first quarter of 2016, as warmer than normal weather across our seasonal markets kicked off 2016, allowing for accelerated pool openings and increased ability for customers to perform remodel, replacement and new construction activity earlier in the year. As we have disclosed in recent years, 2016 customer early buy shipments again caused some second quarter sales to shift into the first quarter and accounted for approximately 3% of our first quarter 2016 sales growth. Neutral weather conditions in the second and third quarters coupled with strong execution contributed to our 6% and 5% base business sales growth in the second and third quarter of 2016, respectively. For our seasonally slow fourth quarter, base business sales increased 5% in 2016 over very strong fourth quarter 2015 results, as our sales benefited from warmer than average temperatures during this time period. See discussion of significant weather impacts under the subheading Seasonality and Quarterly Fluctuations below.

Gross Profit

(in millions)	Year Ended December 31,
	2016			2015			Change
Gross profit	$	741.1		$	675.6		$	65.5	10%
Gross margin	28.8		%	28.6		%

Gross margin for 2016 increased approximately 20 basis points over 2015, and benefited from improvements in supply chain management and internal initiatives, as well as favorable product mix from pool openings earlier in the year. These favorable impacts were partially offset by an increase in customer early buy deliveries as these sales include applicable discounts. Quarterly gross margin comparisons varied throughout the year, with an increase of 10 basis points in the first quarter, which reflects the impact of customer early buy shipments. Gross margin increased 40 basis points in both the second and third quarters and increased 20 basis points in the seasonally slower fourth quarter.

30

Operating Expenses

(in millions)	Year Ended December 31,
	2016			2015			Change
Operating expenses	$	485.2		$	459.4		$	25.8	6%
Operating expenses as a percentage of net sales	18.9		%	19.4		%

Operating expenses increased 6% compared to 2015, with base business operating expenses up 4%. While the increase in total operating expenses includes expenses from our more recent acquisitions, the increase in base business operating expenses was due primarily to higher growth-driven labor, building rent and freight expenses. Focusing on efficiencies and leveraging existing infrastructure enabled us to reduce operating expenses as a percentage of sales.

Interest and Other Non-operating Expenses, net

Interest and other non-operating expenses, net increased $6.4 million compared to 2015. This increase includes $3.5 million related to a non-operating note receivable. The remaining component is primarily interest expense on debt, which increased $3.2 million over last year. Average outstanding debt was $424.6 million for 2016 versus $379.2 million for 2015. Our 2016 average outstanding debt balance reflects greater share repurchases than in 2015. Our weighted average effective interest rate increased to 2.2% for 2016 compared to 1.9% for 2015.

Income Taxes

Our effective income tax rate was 38.5% at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Net Income and Earnings Per Share

Net income attributable to Pool Corporation increased 16% to $149.0 million in 2016 compared to $128.3 million in 2015, while earnings per share increased 20% to $3.47 per diluted share compared to $2.90 per diluted share in 2015.

31

Fiscal Year 2015 compared to Fiscal Year 2014

The following table breaks out our consolidated results into the base business component and the excluded components (sales centers excluded from base business):

(Unaudited)	Base Business						Excluded						Total
(in thousands)	Year Ended						Year Ended						Year Ended
	December 31,						December 31,						December 31,
	2015			2014			2015			2014			2015			2014
Net sales	$	2,344,410		$	2,238,929		$	18,729		$	7,633		$	2,363,139		$	2,246,562
Gross profit	669,037			640,259			6,607			3,081			675,644			643,340
Gross margin	28.5		%	28.6		%	35.3		%	40.4		%	28.6		%	28.6		%
Operating expenses	451,383			451,882			8,039			2,588			459,422			454,470
Expenses as a % of net sales	19.3		%	20.2		%	42.9		%	33.9		%	19.4		%	20.2		%
Operating income (loss)	217,654			188,377			(1,432		)	493			216,222			188,870
Operating margin	9.3		%	8.4		%	(7.6		)%	6.5		%	9.1		%	8.4		%

For an explanation of how we calculate base business, please refer to the discussion of base business above under the heading “Fiscal Year2016compared to Fiscal Year2015.”

For purposes of comparing operating results for the year ended December 31, 2015 to the year ended December 31, 2014, we excluded acquired sales centers from base business for the periods identified in the table below.

Acquired	Acquisition Date	Net Sales Centers Acquired	Periods Excluded
The Melton Corporation (1)	November 2015	2	November - December 2015
Seaboard Industries, Inc. (1)	October 2015	3	November - December 2015
Poolwerx Development LLC (1)	April 2015	1	April - December 2015
St. Louis Hardscape Material & Supply, LLC (1)(2)	December 2014	1	January - December 2015 and December 2014
Pool Systems Pty. Ltd.	July 2014	3	January - October 2015 and August - October 2014
DFW Stone Supply, LLC (1)	March 2014	2	January - May 2015 and March - May 2014
Atlantic Chemical & Aquatics Inc. (1)	February 2014	2	January - April 2015 and February - April 2014

⁽¹⁾  We acquired certain distribution assets of each of these companies.

⁽²⁾  We completed this acquisition on December 31, 2014. We excluded this sales center from base business for the period identified as per our definition of base business, but also because no results of operations are included in fiscal 2014 due to the acquisition date. This sales center is not in our sales center count as of December 31, 2014, but is included in the table below as an acquired location during fiscal 2015.

32

The table below summarizes the changes in our sales centers during 2015:

December 31, 2014	328
Acquired	7
New locations	4
Consolidated locations	(3	)
December 31, 2015	336

For information about our recent acquisitions, see Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Net Sales

(in millions)	Year Ended December 31,
	2015		2014		Change
Net sales	$	2,363.1	$	2,246.6	$	116.5	5%

Net sales increased 5% compared to 2014, including a 5% increase in base business sales. The sustained strength of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies adversely impacted our consolidated sales growth rate by close to 2% during 2015. After sales exhibited a strong start in the first quarter, adverse weather conditions in the second quarter negatively impacted sales in several important markets. Weather conditions normalized in the back half of the year, extending the season in certain markets and leading to year over year sales growth. A continued gradual recovery of demand for discretionary replacement and remodel products and increased market share were the primary contributors to our sales growth in 2015.

The following factors benefited our sales growth in 2015 (listed in order of estimated magnitude):

• continued improvement in consumer discretionary expenditures, including some market recovery in remodeling and replacement activity, as evidenced by sales growth rates for product offerings such as building materials and equipment (see discussion below);

• market share growth, primarily in building materials and complementary product categories;

• an extended pool season in certain markets, with above average temperatures through much of the fourth quarter; and

• inflationary (estimated at less than 1%) product cost increases.

The following factors adversely impacted our sales growth (listed in order of estimated magnitude):

• the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to most foreign currencies (estimated 2% impact); and

• record rainfall in Texas and adjacent states in the second quarter, which delayed construction projects and reduced spending on related discretionary products.

Sales of building materials grew by 13% compared to 2014. Our continued strong growth in building materials primarily reflects market share growth with our expansion of stocking locations and broader product offerings as well as the partial recovery in pool remodeling. Sales of equipment, which includes heaters, pumps and filters, increased by 9% compared to 2014. Chemical sales increased by approximately 5%.

In terms of quarterly performance, base business sales increased 10% in the first quarter of 2015. Similar to 2014, our 2015 customer early buy shipments caused some second quarter sales to shift into the first quarter and accounted for approximately 3% of our first quarter 2015 sales growth. As discussed above, adverse weather conditions in the second quarter led to flat base business sales growth trends in the second quarter of 2015 compared to 2014. Normalized weather trends allowed us to generate 5% base business sales growth in the third quarter of 2015. For our seasonally slow fourth quarter, base business sales increased 10% in 2015, as our sales benefited from record warm temperatures during this time period. See discussion of significant weather impacts under the subheading Seasonality and Quarterly Fluctuations below.

33

Gross Profit

(in millions)	Year Ended December 31,
	2015			2014			Change
Gross profit	$	675.6		$	643.3		$	32.3	5%
Gross margin	28.6		%	28.6		%

Gross margin for 2015 remained consistent with 2014. Throughout the year, gross margin comparisons varied, with a decline of 40 basis points in the first quarter, due to the impact of customer early buy shipments. Gross margin remained flat in the second quarter, declined 10 basis points in the third quarter and increased 30 basis points in the fourth quarter.

Operating Expenses

(in millions)	Year Ended December 31,
	2015			2014			Change
Operating expenses	$	459.4		$	454.5		$	4.9	1%
Operating expenses as a percentage of net sales	19.4		%	20.2		%

Operating expenses increased 1% compared to 2014. Increases in performance-based incentive compensation and technology related expenses were offset by tight expense controls, lower freight costs and an approximate 2% favorable impact on operating expenses from the stronger U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies.

Interest and Other Non-operating Expenses, net

Interest and other non-operating expenses, net increased 8% compared to 2014. The primary component is interest expense on debt, which increased 6% over 2014. Average outstanding debt was $379.2 million for 2015 versus $342.9 million for 2014. Our weighted average effective interest rate was 1.9% for both 2015 and 2014.

Income Taxes

Our effective income tax rate was 38.5% at December 31, 2015 compared to 38.9% at December 31, 2014. The decline in our effective income tax rate was primarily a result of improved performance by our international entities in 2015.

Net Income and Earnings Per Share

Net income attributable to Pool Corporation increased 16% to $128.3 million in 2015 compared to $110.7 million in 2014, while earnings per share increased 19% to $2.90 per diluted share compared to $2.44 per diluted share in 2014.

34

Seasonality and Quarterly Fluctuations

Our business is highly seasonal. In general, sales and operating income are highest during the second and third quarters, which represent the peak months of both swimming pool use and installation and landscape installations and maintenance. Sales are substantially lower during the first and fourth quarters, when we may incur net losses. In 2016, we generated approximately 63% of our net sales and 85% of our operating income in the second and third quarters of the year.

We typically experience a build-up of product inventories and accounts payable during the winter months in anticipation of the peak selling season.  Excluding borrowings to finance acquisitions and share repurchases, our peak borrowing usually occurs during the second quarter, primarily because extended payment terms offered by our suppliers typically are payable in April, May and June, while our peak accounts receivable collections typically occur in June, July and August.

The following table presents certain unaudited quarterly data for 2016 and 2015. We have included income statement and balance sheet data for the most recent eight quarters to allow for a meaningful comparison of the seasonal fluctuations in these amounts. In our opinion, this information reflects all normal and recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of this data. Due to the seasonal nature of our industry, the results of any one or more quarters are not necessarily a good indication of results for an entire fiscal year or of continuing trends.

(Unaudited)	QUARTER
(in thousands)	2016												2015
	First			Second			Third			Fourth			First			Second			Third			Fourth
Statement of Income Data
Net sales	$	515,250		$	918,889		$	691,429		$	445,235		$	450,430		$	851,855		$	645,779		$	415,075
Gross profit	143,023			270,736			199,551			127,777			124,801			248,260			184,288			118,295
Operating income	29,530			142,420			74,166			9,743			15,599			129,132			65,512			5,979
Net income	16,363			85,247			44,421			2,572			8,433			77,809			39,403			2,579
Net sales as a % of annual net sales	20		%	36		%	27		%	17		%	19		%	36		%	27		%	18		%
Gross profit as a % of annual gross profit	19		%	37		%	27		%	17		%	18		%	37		%	27		%	18		%
Operating income as a % of annual operating income	12		%	56		%	29		%	4		%	7		%	60		%	30		%	3		%
Balance Sheet Data
Total receivables, net	$	283,758		$	351,012		$	233,405		$	166,151		$	238,727		$	318,498		$	219,774		$	156,756
Product inventories, net	595,393			493,254			455,156			486,116			559,260			473,362			412,587			474,275
Accounts payable	438,705			265,349			199,922			230,728			375,995			236,868			170,582			246,554
Total debt (1)	450,457			500,606			390,189			438,042			392,749			493,580			393,370			328,045

Note:  Due to rounding, the sum of quarterly percentage amounts may not equal 100%.

⁽¹⁾  For all periods presented, total debt balances have been adjusted to reflect our adoption of ASU 2015-03. For additional information, see Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

We expect that our quarterly results of operations will continue to fluctuate depending on the timing and amount of revenue contributed by new and acquired sales centers.  Based on our peak summer selling season, we generally open new sales centers and close or consolidate sales centers, when warranted, either in the first quarter before the peak selling season begins or in the fourth quarter after the peak selling season ends.

35

Weather is one of the principal external factors affecting our business. The table below presents some of the possible effects resulting from various weather conditions.

Weather		Possible Effects
Hot and dry	•	Increased purchases of chemicals and supplies
		for existing swimming pools
	•	Increased purchases of above-ground pools and
		irrigation products
Unseasonably cool weather or	•	Fewer pool and irrigation installations
extraordinary amounts of rain	•	Decreased purchases of chemicals and supplies
	•	Decreased purchases of impulse items such as
		above-ground pools and accessories
Unseasonably early warming trends in spring/late cooling trends in fall	•	A longer pool and landscape season, thus positively impacting our sales
(primarily in the northern half of the U.S. and Canada)
Unseasonably late warming trends in spring/early cooling trends in fall	•	A shorter pool and landscape season, thus negatively impacting our sales
(primarily in the northern half of the U.S. and Canada)

Weather Impacts on Fiscal Year 2016 to Fiscal Year 2015 Comparisons

Warmer than normal weather across nearly all markets in the United States benefited our first quarter of 2016 sales growth. Warmer weather early in the season accelerates pool openings and allows for increased purchases of chemicals and maintenance supplies for existing pools. By comparison, our year-round markets experienced similar favorable weather conditions in the first quarter of 2015, while our seasonal markets, particularly in the northeast United States and eastern Canada, experienced cooler than normal temperatures. The unusually early warm weather in the first quarter of 2016 in our seasonal markets benefited our first quarter sales. Growth in our California markets in the first quarter of 2016 was impacted by unfavorable weather comparisons to the same period of 2015 due to higher winter precipitation and average temperatures in 2016 versus record warm temperatures in 2015.

In the second quarter of 2016, the Midwest and Northeast experienced more favorable conditions compared to 2015, with above average temperatures and much drier weather in June 2016 compared to June 2015. Although the extreme rainfall experienced in Texas and adjacent states was not as prevalent in the second quarter of 2016 as compared to 2015, Texas experienced above average precipitation yet another year. Florida and the Southeast experienced cooler temperatures compared to above average and record heat in certain areas in 2015. California and the Northwest experienced warm temperatures and normal levels of precipitation in the second quarter of both years.

Weather conditions in the third quarter of 2016 varied throughout the United States creating a neutral overall impact on our results. The eastern half of the country experienced above average temperatures, including record high temperatures in the Northeast and parts of the Midwest. The western half of the United States experienced mostly normal temperatures, while Texas experienced above average precipitation. The conditions in Texas in the third quarter of 2016 were in direct contrast to the weather in the same period of 2015 when Texas was drying out from heavy precipitation, lifting third quarter 2015 sales. California and the Northwest logged drier than normal conditions in the third quarter of 2016 compared to average precipitation last year. Most of the United States experienced warm temperatures during the fourth quarter of 2016, allowing projects to continue through the remainder of the year and contributing to sales growth over the prior year.

Weather Impacts on Fiscal Year 2015 to Fiscal Year 2014 Comparisons

In the first quarter of 2015, we benefited from favorable weather in most of our year-round markets, which experienced warmer than normal temperatures for this time of year. These warmer temperatures contributed to sales growth in maintenance products, such as chemicals, in these markets. Our seasonal markets experienced cooler than normal temperatures, particularly in the Northeast United States and eastern Canada, which experienced another year of near record cold temperatures and substantial snowfall, inhibiting sales growth in these areas. After our strong start, adverse weather conditions in the second quarter of 2015 negatively impacted sales in several important markets.

36

The second quarter of 2015 marked the wettest on record for much of Texas and Oklahoma and reflected significant precipitation for most states in the South and Central United States. This excessive precipitation significantly impacted our second quarter sales, delaying construction projects and reducing spending on related discretionary products. Cooler than normal temperatures in the Midwest and the Northeast in June of 2015, coupled with substantial rainfall, also delayed pool openings and hampered sales growth in these seasonal markets.

Weather conditions improved in the back half of the year as our third quarter 2015 sales benefited from a return to more normalized weather. The warmer than average temperatures and drier than normal conditions experienced throughout much of the United States later in the third quarter contributed to our sales growth. A mild September in the Northeast, which continued well into the fourth quarter of 2015, also extended the season in these markets. As reflected in our fourth quarter of 2015 sales growth, most areas east of the Mississippi River experienced the warmest temperatures on record through November and December.

Our largest, year-round markets experienced quite different weather conditions in 2014 as temperatures in Florida were normal to above average, and the West experienced warmer than average to record high temperatures almost all year, especially California and Arizona. However, severe drought conditions persisted in parts of California and Arizona through the second quarter of 2014, which limited second quarter sales growth in these markets. Temperatures and rainfall were closer to normal in Texas and the Southeast United States during the second quarter, which provided some relief from the difficult conditions we faced in other areas. Despite rainfall during the third and fourth quarters of 2014, severe drought conditions continued to afflict California. Drought conditions also developed in Texas, while the Southwest accumulated significant rainfall during the third quarter of 2014. In our seasonally slow fourth quarter, temperatures and precipitation levels ranged from normal to above average for most of the United States.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity is defined as the ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet short-term and long-term cash needs. We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating activities, taking into consideration the seasonal nature of our business. Significant factors which could affect our liquidity include the following:

• cash flows generated from operating activities;

• the adequacy of available bank lines of credit;

• acquisitions;

• scheduled debt repayments;

• dividend payments;

• capital expenditures;

• the timing and extent of share repurchases; and

• the ability to attract long-term capital with satisfactory terms.

Our primary capital needs are seasonal working capital obligations and other general corporate initiatives, including acquisitions, dividend payments and share repurchases. Our primary sources of working capital are cash from operations supplemented by bank borrowings, which have historically been sufficient to support our growth and finance acquisitions. The same principle applies to funds used for capital expenditures and share repurchases.

We prioritize our use of cash based on investing in our business, maintaining a prudent debt structure and returning money to our shareholders. Our specific priorities for the use of cash are as follows:

• maintenance and new sales center capital expenditures;

• strategic acquisitions executed opportunistically;

• payment of cash dividends as and when declared by our Board of Directors (Board);

• repayment of debt to maintain an average total leverage ratio (as defined below) between 1.5 and 2.0; and

• repurchases of our common stock under our Board authorized share repurchase program.

Over the last five years, capital expenditures have averaged roughly 1.0% of net sales. Capital expenditures were 1.4% of net sales in 2016, 1.0% of net sales in 2015 and 0.8% of net sales in 2014. Going forward, we project capital expenditures will be 1.0% to 1.5% of net sales as we expand facilities and purchase delivery vehicles to address growth opportunities.

37

Sources and Uses of Cash

The following table summarizes our cash flows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016			2015			2014
Operating activities	$	165,378		$	146,050		$	121,815
Investing activities	(55,643		)	(37,793		)	(27,811		)
Financing activities	(99,672		)	(107,804		)	(81,983		)

Cash provided by operations of $165.4 million in 2016 exceeded net income by $16.8 million.  Compared to 2015, cash provided by operations increased primarily due to higher net income. In 2015, cash provided by operations exceeded net income by $17.8 million and improved compared to 2014 due to our net income growth and working capital management.

Cash used in investing activities increased in 2016 due to an increase of $15.2 millionin payments for acquisitions compared to 2015. Our2015cash used in investing activities reflects$4.5 million in net payments to fund three acquisitions. Our 2014 cash used in investing activities includes $10.6 million in net payments to fund four acquisitions. An additional $5.3 million of net capital expenditures in 2016 compared to 2015 funded our continued investment in new vehicles, equipment and technology. Cash used in investing activities for 2016 also includes $1.6 million in net payments to fund a revolving note under a credit agreement, which we entered into as a lender in 2015. For additional information regarding the revolving note, see Note 1 of our “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Cash used in financing activities decreased in 2016, primarily due to higher net borrowings on our debt arrangements. We had $109.4 million of net proceeds from our debt arrangements in 2016 compared to $8.9 million in 2015. We repurchased $175.6 million of shares in the open market in 2016, up $83.2 million compared to 2015. Cash used in financing activities in 2015 increased over 2014, reflecting lower net borrowings on our debt arrangements due to the increase in cash provided by operating activities and the decrease in share repurchases compared to 2014. We had net proceeds from our debt arrangements of $73.4 million in 2014, while we repurchased $132.3 million of shares in the open market.

Future Sources and Uses of Cash

To supplement cash from operations as our primary source of working capital, we will continue to utilize our two major credit facilities; our Revolving Credit Facility (the Credit Facility) and our Receivables Securitization Facility (the Receivables Facility). For additional details regarding these facilities, see Note 5 of our “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Revolving Credit Facility

Our Credit Facility provides for $465.0 million in borrowing capacity under a five-year unsecured revolving credit facility and includes sublimits for the issuance of swingline loans and standby letters of credit.  Pursuant to an accordion feature, the aggregate maximum principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Facility may be increased at our request and with agreement by the lenders by up to $75.0 million, to a total of $540.0 million.  The Credit Facility matures on November 20, 2020. We intend to use the Credit Facility for general corporate purposes, for future share repurchases and to fund future growth initiatives.

At December 31, 2016, there was $354.5 million outstanding and $110.5 million available for borrowing, subject to a $4.0 million standby letter of credit outstanding under the Credit Facility.  We utilize interest rate swap contracts and forward-starting interest rate swap contracts to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in variable interest rates for future interest payments on the Credit Facility.  In 2016, we had five interest rate swap contracts in place that terminated on October 19, 2016.  We currently have three interest rate swap contracts that became effective on October 19, 2016. These swap contracts were previously forward-starting and were amended in October 2015 to bring the fixed rates per the contracts in line with current market rates and extend the hedged period for future interest payments on our Credit Facility. Now effective, these amended swap contracts convert the Credit Facility’s variable interest rate to fixed rates of 2.273% on a notional amount of $75.0 million and 2.111% on two separate notional amounts, one $25.0 million and the other $50.0 million, totaling $75.0 million.  Interest expense related to the notional amounts under these swap contracts is based on the fixed rates plus the applicable margin on the Credit Facility.  These interest rate swap contracts will terminate on November 20, 2019.

38

In July 2016 we entered into a forward-starting interest rate swap contract to extend the hedged period for future interest payments on our Credit Facility to its maturity date. This swap contract will convert the Credit Facility’s variable interest rate to a fixed rate of 1.1425% on a notional amount of $150.0 million. The contract becomes effective on November 20, 2019 and terminates on November 20, 2020.

The weighted average effective interest rate for the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2016 was approximately 2.6%, excluding commitment fees.

Financial covenants on the Credit Facility include maintenance of a maximum average total leverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, which are our most restrictive financial covenants.  As of December 31, 2016, the calculations of these two covenants are detailed below:

• Maximum Average Total Leverage Ratio. On the last day of each fiscal quarter, our average total leverage ratio must be less than 3.25 to 1.00.  Average Total Leverage Ratio is the ratio of the trailing twelve months (TTM) Average Total Funded Indebtedness plus the TTM Average Accounts Securitization Proceeds divided by the TTM EBITDA (as those terms are defined in the Credit Facility).  As of December 31, 2016, our average total leverage ratio equaled 1.56 (compared to 1.61 as of December 31, 2015) and the TTM average total debt amount used in this calculation was $442.8 million.

• Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. On the last day of each fiscal quarter, our fixed charge ratio must be greater than or equal to 2.25 to 1.00. Fixed Charge Ratio is the ratio of the TTM EBITDAR divided by TTM Interest Expense paid or payable in cash plus TTM Rental Expense (as those terms are defined in the Credit Facility).  As of December 31, 2016, our fixed charge ratio equaled 5.41 (compared to 5.18 as of December 31, 2015) and TTM Rental Expense was $52.4 million.

The Credit Facility also limits the declaration and payment of dividends on our common stock to no more than 50% of the preceding year’s Net Income (as defined in the Credit Facility), provided no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the payment of dividends.  Additionally, we may declare and pay quarterly dividends notwithstanding that the aggregate amount of dividends paid would be in excess of the 50% limit described above so long as (i) the amount per share of such dividends does not exceed the amount per share paid during the most recent fiscal year in which we were in compliance with the 50% limit and (ii) our Average Total Leverage Ratio is less than 3.00 to 1.00 both immediately before and after giving pro forma effect to such dividends. Further, dividends must be declared and paid in a manner consistent with our past practice.

Under the Credit Facility, we may repurchase shares of our common stock provided no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the repurchase of shares, and our maximum average total leverage ratio (determined on a pro forma basis) is less than 2.50 to 1.00.  Other covenants include restrictions on our ability to grant liens, incur indebtedness, make investments, merge or consolidate, and sell or transfer assets.  Failure to comply with any of our financial covenants or any other terms of the Credit Facility could result in penalty payments, higher interest rates on our borrowings or the acceleration of the maturities of our outstanding debt.

Receivables Securitization Facility

As amended on October 28, 2016, our two-year Receivables Facility offers us a lower cost form of financing, with a peak funding capacity of up to $220.0 million between May 1 and June 30, which includes an additional seasonal funding capacity that is available between March 1 and July 31. Other funding capacities range from $65.0 million to $150.0 million throughout the remaining months of the year.

The Receivables Facility provides for the sale of certain of our receivables to a wholly owned subsidiary (the Securitization Subsidiary). The Securitization Subsidiary transfers variable undivided percentage interests in the receivables and related rights to certain third party financial institutions in exchange for cash proceeds, limited to the applicable funding capacities. Upon payment of the receivables by customers, rather than remitting to the financial institutions the amounts collected, we retain such collections as proceeds for the sale of new receivables until payments become due.

The Receivables Facility contains terms and conditions (including representations, covenants and conditions precedent) customary for transactions of this type. Additionally, an amortization event will occur if we fail to maintain a maximum average total leverage ratio (average total funded debt/EBITDA) of 3.25 to 1.00 and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (EBITDAR/cash interest expense plus rental expense) of 2.25 to 1.00.

At December 31, 2016, there was $83.5 million outstanding under the Receivables Facility at a weighted average effective interest rate of 1.5%, excluding commitment fees.

39

As of December 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants and financial ratio requirements.  We believe we will remain in compliance with all covenants and financial ratio requirements throughout 2017.  For additional information regarding our debt arrangements, see Note 5 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

We believe we have adequate availability of capital to fund present operations and the current capacity to finance any working capital needs that may arise.  We continually evaluate potential acquisitions and hold discussions with acquisition candidates. If suitable acquisition opportunities arise that would require financing, we believe that we have the ability to finance any such transactions.

As of February 20, 2017, $46.6 million of the current Board authorized amount under our authorized share repurchase plan remained available. We expect to repurchase additional shares in the open market from time to time depending on market conditions. We plan to fund these repurchases with cash provided by operations and borrowings under the credit and receivables facilities.

Contractual Obligations

At December 31, 2016, our contractual obligations for long-term debt and operating leases were as follows (in thousands):

			Payments Due by Period
	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Long-term debt	$	439,154	$	1,105	$	83,500	$	354,549	$	—
Operating leases	182,376		47,324		72,996		42,166		19,890
	$	621,530	$	48,429	$	156,496	$	396,715	$	19,890

For additional discussion related to our debt, see Note 5 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  The table below contains estimated interest payments (in thousands) related to our long-term debt obligations listed in the table above.  Our estimates of future interest payments are calculated based on the December 31, 2016 outstanding debt balances, using the fixed rates under our interest rate swap agreements for the applicable notional amounts and the weighted average effective interest rates as of December 31, 2016 for the remaining outstanding balances not covered by our swap contracts.  To project the estimated interest expense to coincide with the time periods used in the table above, we have projected the estimated debt balances for future years based on the scheduled maturity dates of the Credit Facility and the Receivables Facility. For certain of our contractual obligations, such as unrecognized tax benefits, uncertainties exist regarding the timing of future payments and the amount by which these potential obligations will increase or decrease over time. As such, we have excluded unrecognized tax benefits from our contractual obligations table. See Note 7 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for more information related to our unrecognized tax benefits.  

			Estimated Payments Due by Period
	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Interest	$	34,207	$	9,482	$	17,515	$	7,210	$	—

40

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks, including interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. The adverse effects of potential changes in these market risks are discussed below. The following discussion does not consider the effects of the reduced level of overall economic activity that could exist following such changes. Further, in the event of changes of such magnitude, we would likely take actions to mitigate our exposure to such changes.

Interest Rate Risk

Our earnings are exposed to changes in short-term interest rates because of the variable interest rates on our debt. However, we have entered into interest rate swap contracts to reduce our exposure to market fluctuations. For information about our debt arrangements and interest rate swaps, see Note 5 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10‑K.

In 2016, there was no interest rate risk related to the notional amounts under our interest rate swap contracts for the Credit Facility. The portions of our outstanding balances under the Credit Facility and the Receivables Facility that were not covered by our interest rate swap contracts were both subject to variable interest rates. To calculate the potential impact in 2016 related to interest rate risk, we performed a sensitivity analysis assuming that we borrowed the maximum available amount under the Credit Facility excluding the accordion feature, and the off-season maximum amount available under the Receivables Facility. In this analysis, we assumed that the variable interest rates for the Credit Facility and the Receivables Facility increased by 1.0%. Based on this calculation, our pretax income would have decreased by approximately $4.4 million and earnings per share would have decreased by approximately $0.06 per diluted share (based on the number of weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2016). The maximum amount available under the Credit Facility is $465.0 million excluding the $75.0 million accordion feature and the maximum amount available under the Receivables Facility is $180.0 million excluding the $40.0 million seasonal increase in capacity available from March 1 to July 31.

Failure of our swap counterparties would result in the loss of any potential benefit to us under our swap agreements. In this case, we would still be obligated to pay the variable interest payments underlying our debt agreements. Additionally, failure of our swap counterparties would not eliminate our obligation to continue to make payments under our existing swap agreements if we continue to be in a net pay position.

Currency Risk

We have subsidiaries in Canada, the United Kingdom, Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, Portugal, Spain, Mexico, Colombia and Australia. Based on the functional currencies for these international subsidiaries as shown in the table below, changes in exchange rates for these currencies may positively or negatively impact our sales, operating expenses and earnings. Historically, we have not hedged our currency exposure and fluctuations in exchange rates have not materially affected our operating results. While our international operations accounted for only 8% of total net sales in 2016, our exposure to currency rate fluctuations could be material in 2017 and future years to the extent that either currency rate changes are significant or that our international operations comprise a larger percentage of our consolidated results.

Functional Currencies
Canada	Canadian Dollar
United Kingdom	British Pound
Belgium	Euro
France	Euro
Germany	Euro
Italy	Euro
Portugal	Euro
Spain	Euro
Mexico	Mexican Peso
Colombia	Colombian Peso
Australia	Australian Dollar

41

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	43
Consolidated Statements of Income	44
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	45
Consolidated Balance Sheets	46
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	47
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity	48
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	49

42

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Pool Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pool Corporation as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Pool Corporation at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Pool Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework), and our report dated February 24, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

New Orleans, Louisiana

February 24, 2017

43

POOL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Income

(In thousands, except per share data)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Net sales	$	2,570,803	$	2,363,139	$	2,246,562
Cost of sales	1,829,716		1,687,495		1,603,222
Gross profit	741,087		675,644		643,340
Selling and administrative expenses	485,228		459,422		454,470
Operating income	255,859		216,222		188,870
Interest and other non-operating expenses, net	14,481		8,072		7,485
Income before income taxes and equity earnings	241,378		208,150		181,385
Provision for income taxes	92,931		80,137		70,559
Equity earnings in unconsolidated investments, net	156		211		204
Net income	148,603		128,224		111,030
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	352		51		(338		)
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	$	148,955	$	128,275	$	110,692
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	3.56	$	2.98	$	2.50
Diluted	$	3.47	$	2.90	$	2.44
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic	41,872		43,105		44,281
Diluted	42,984		44,254		45,441
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	1.19	$	1.00	$	0.85

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

44

POOL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016			2015			2014
Net income	$	148,603		$	128,224		$	111,030
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(1,661		)	(9,046		)	(6,271		)
Change in unrealized gains and losses on interest rate swaps, net of the change in taxes of $(839), $653 and $194	1,312			(1,021		)	(303		)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	(349		)	(10,067		)	(6,574		)
Comprehensive income	148,254			118,157			104,456
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	378			448			18
Comprehensive income attributable to Pool Corporation	$	148,632		$	118,605		$	104,474

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

45

POOL CORPORATION

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share data)

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	21,956		$	13,237
Receivables, net	61,437			54,173
Receivables pledged under receivables facility	104,714			102,583
Product inventories, net	486,116			474,275
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	15,318			11,946
Deferred income taxes	6,016			5,530
Total current assets	695,557			661,744
Property and equipment, net	83,290			69,854
Goodwill	184,795			172,761
Other intangible assets, net	13,326			11,845
Equity interest investments	1,172			1,231
Other assets	15,955			16,926
Total assets	$	994,095		$	934,361
Liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	230,728		$	246,554
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	64,387			56,591
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt and other long-term liabilities	1,105			1,700
Total current liabilities	296,220			304,845
Deferred income taxes	34,475			29,808
Long-term debt, net	436,937			326,345
Other long-term liabilities	18,966			14,955
Total liabilities	786,598			675,953
Redeemable noncontrolling interest	2,287			2,665
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, $.001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 41,089,720 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 42,711,016 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015	41			43
Additional paid-in capital	403,162			374,138
Retained deficit	(183,915		)	(104,709		)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(14,078		)	(13,729		)
Total stockholders’ equity	205,210			255,743
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and stockholders’ equity	$	994,095		$	934,361

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

46

POOL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016			2015			2014
Operating activities
Net income	$	148,603		$	128,224		$	111,030
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	20,338			16,373			14,495
Amortization	1,639			1,015			1,387
Share-based compensation	9,902			9,543			9,065
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation	(7,370		)	(7,706		)	(5,524		)
Provision for doubtful accounts receivable, net of write-offs	(155		)	197			(539		)
Provision for inventory obsolescence, net of write-offs	(448		)	576			(687		)
Provision for deferred income taxes	3,749			4,198			6,986
(Gains) losses on sales of property and equipment	(320		)	230			179
Equity earnings in unconsolidated investments, net	(156		)	(211		)	(204		)
Net losses on foreign currency transactions	679			774			277
Impairments of goodwill and other non-operating assets	4,113			500			—
Other	923			(869		)	206
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
Receivables	(5,666		)	(16,656		)	(12,751		)
Product inventories	(8,050		)	(10,848		)	(30,409		)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(3,077		)	(434		)	(2,265		)
Accounts payable	(17,896		)	9,956			20,090
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	18,570			11,188			10,479
Net cash provided by operating activities	165,378			146,050			121,815
Investing activities
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired	(19,730		)	(4,483		)	(10,648		)
Purchases of property and equipment, net of sale proceeds	(34,352		)	(29,095		)	(17,328		)
Payments to fund credit agreement	(5,322		)	(8,860		)	—
Collections from credit agreement	3,737			4,557			—
Other investments, net	24			88			165
Net cash used in investing activities	(55,643		)	(37,793		)	(27,811		)
Financing activities
Proceeds from revolving line of credit	1,154,090			911,712			820,720
Payments on revolving line of credit	(1,072,557		)	(890,406		)	(763,429		)
Proceeds from asset-backed financing	155,000			143,400			121,600
Payments on asset-backed financing	(126,500		)	(156,000		)	(106,000		)
Proceeds from short-term borrowings, long-term debt and other long-term liabilities	18,442			8,119			3,607
Payments on short-term borrowings, long-term debt and other long-term liabilities	(19,037		)	(7,948		)	(3,075		)
Payments of deferred financing costs	(69		)	(320		)	(394		)
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation	7,370			7,706			5,524
Proceeds from stock issued under share-based compensation plans	11,752			18,269			13,530
Payments of cash dividends	(49,749		)	(43,117		)	(37,600		)
Purchases of treasury stock	(178,414		)	(99,219		)	(136,466		)
Net cash used in financing activities	(99,672		)	(107,804		)	(81,983		)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(1,344		)	(2,046		)	(5,197		)
Change in cash and cash equivalents	8,719			(1,593		)	6,824
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	13,237			14,830			8,006
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	21,956		$	13,237		$	14,830

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

47

POOL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

(In thousands)

	Common Stock					Additional Paid-In		Retained			Accumulated Other Comprehensive
	Shares		Amount			Capital		Deficit			Income (Loss)			Total
Balance at December 31, 2013	45,379		$	45		$	310,503	$	(27,278	)	$	2,912		$	286,182
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	—		—			—		110,692			—			110,692
Foreign currency translation	—		—			—		—			(6,271		)	(6,271		)
Interest rate swaps, net of the change in taxes of $194	—		—			—		—			(303		)	(303		)
Repurchases of common stock, net of retirements	(2,421	)	(2		)	—		(136,464		)	—			(136,466		)
Share-based compensation	—		—			9,065		—			—			9,065
Issuance of shares under incentive stock plans, including tax benefit of $5,524	553		1			19,052		—			—			19,053
Declaration of cash dividends	—		—			—		(37,600		)	—			(37,600		)
Balance at December 31, 2014	43,511		44			338,620		(90,650		)	(3,662		)	244,352
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	—		—			—		128,275			—			128,275
Foreign currency translation	—		—			—		—			(9,046		)	(9,046		)
Interest rate swaps, net of the change in taxes of $653	—		—			—		—			(1,021		)	(1,021		)
Repurchases of common stock, net of retirements	(1,448	)	(2		)	—		(99,217		)	—			(99,219		)
Share-based compensation	—		—			9,543		—			—			9,543
Issuance of shares under incentive stock plans, including tax benefit of $7,706	648		1			25,975		—			—			25,976
Declaration of cash dividends	—		—			—		(43,117		)	—			(43,117		)
Balance at December 31, 2015	42,711		43			374,138		(104,709		)	(13,729		)	255,743
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	—		—			—		148,955			—			148,955
Foreign currency translation	—		—			—		—			(1,661		)	(1,661		)
Interest rate swaps, net of the change in taxes of $(839)	—		—			—		—			1,312			1,312
Repurchases of common stock, net of retirements	(2,064	)	(2		)	—		(178,412		)	—			(178,414		)
Share-based compensation	—		—			9,902		—			—			9,902
Issuance of shares under incentive stock plans, including tax benefit of $7,370	443		—			19,122		—			—			19,122
Declaration of cash dividends	—		—			—		(49,749		)	—			(49,749		)
Balance at December 31, 2016	41,090		$	41		$	403,162	$	(183,915	)	$	(14,078	)	$	205,210

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

48

POOL CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

As of December 31, 2016, Pool Corporation and our subsidiaries (the Company, which may be referred to as we, us or our), operated 344 sales centers in North America, Europe, South America and Australia from which we sell swimming pool equipment, parts and supplies, irrigation and landscape products and hardscape, tile and stone products to pool builders, retail stores, service companies, landscape contractors and golf courses. We distribute products through four networks: SCP Distributors (SCP), Superior Pool Products (Superior), Horizon Distributors (Horizon) and National Pool Tile (NPT).

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

We prepared the Consolidated Financial Statements following U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The financial statements include all normal and recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Pool Corporation and our subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

All of our subsidiaries are wholly owned with the exception of Pool Systems Pty. Ltd. (PSL), an Australian company. On July 31, 2014, we completed the purchase of a 60% interest in PSL and accounted for this acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting. The purchase constitutes a controlling interest in the acquired company, which requires us to consolidate PSL’s financial position and results of operations from the date of acquisition.

Variable Interest Entity

In February 2015, we entered into a five-year credit agreement with a swimming pool retailer. Under this agreement and the related revolving note, we are the primary lender of operating funds for this entity. The total lending commitment under the credit agreement is $8.5 million, of which $8.4 million was owed as of December 31, 2016. Amounts funded under the credit agreement are recorded within Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and are collateralized by essentially all of the assets of the business. We have a variable interest in this entity; however, we have no decision-making authority over its activities through voting or other rights. Additionally, we have no obligation to absorb any of its losses, nor do we have the right to receive any residual returns, should either occur. We are not considered the primary beneficiary of this variable interest entity, and therefore we are not required to consolidate this entity’s financial statements.

Use of Estimates

In order to prepare financial statements that conform to GAAP, we make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and accompanying notes. Our most significant estimates are those relating to the allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory obsolescence reserves, vendor incentives, income taxes, incentive compensation accruals and goodwill impairment evaluations. We continually review our estimates and make adjustments as necessary, but actual results could be significantly different from what we expected when we made these estimates.

Newly Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Upon adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30) - Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (ASU 2015-03), we now include financing costs, net of accumulated amortization as a component of long-term debt. For comparability across all periods presented on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, we reclassified certain amounts from Other assets, net in 2015 to Long-term debt, net to conform to our 2016 presentation. For additional information related to our deferred financing costs and amounts reclassified, see Note 5.

As required, we adopted ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern (ASU 2014-15), as of December 31, 2016. Based on management’s evaluation, which included forecasting results covering the one-year period following our 2016 Form 10-K filing date, we did not identify any conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Accordingly the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our financial position, results of operations and related disclosures.

49

Segment Reporting

Since all of our sales centers have similar operations and share similar economic characteristics, we aggregate our sales centers into a single reportable segment. These similarities include (i) the nature of our products and services, (ii) the types of customers we sell to and (iii) the distribution methods we use. Our chief operating decision maker (CODM) evaluates each sales center based on individual performance that includes both financial and operational measures. These measures include operating income growth and accounts receivable and inventory management criteria. Each sales center manager and eligible field employee earns performance-based incentive compensation based on these measures developed at the sales center level.

A bottom-up approach is used to develop the operating budget for each individual sales center. The CODM approves the budget and routinely monitors budget to actual results for each sales center. Additionally, our CODM makes decisions about how to allocate resources primarily on a sales center-by-sales center basis. No single sales center meets any of the quantitative thresholds (10% of revenues, profit or assets) for separately reporting information about an operating segment. We do not track sales by product lines and product categories on a consolidated basis. We lack readily available financial information due to the number of our product lines and product categories and the fact that we make ongoing changes as to how products are classified within these groups, thus making it impracticable to report our sales by product category.

Seasonality and Weather

Our business is highly seasonal and weather is one of the principal external factors affecting our business. In general, sales and net income are highest during the second and third quarters, which represent the peak months of both swimming pool use and installation and landscape installations and maintenance. Sales are substantially lower during the first and fourth quarters, when we may incur net losses.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when four basic criteria are met:

1.   persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

2.   delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;

3.   our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and

4.   collectibility is reasonably assured.

We record revenue when customers take delivery of products. Customers may pick up products at any sales center location, or we may deliver products to their premises or job sites via our trucks or third party carriers. Products shipped via third party carriers are considered delivered based on the shipping terms, which are generally FOB shipping point. We include shipping and handling fees billed to customers as freight out income within net sales.

We offer volume incentives to some of our customers and we account for these incentives as an adjustment to sales. We estimate the amount of volume incentives earned based on our estimate of cumulative sales for the fiscal year relative to our customers’ progress toward achieving minimum purchase requirements. We record customer returns, including those associated with early buy programs, as an adjustment to sales. Based on available information related to our customers’ returns, we record an allowance for estimated returns, which historically has not been material. Other items that we record as adjustments to sales include cash discounts, pricing adjustments and credit card fees related to customer payments.

We also report sales net of tax amounts that we collect from our customers and remit to governmental authorities. These tax amounts may include, but are not limited to, sales, use, value added and some excise taxes.

We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09) and subsequent amendments issued to provide clarifications on the new guidance. We expect to apply the guidance using the cumulative-effect transition method. Based on our analysis performed to date, we do not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations but will result in additional disclosures regarding our revenue recognition policies. ASU 2014-09 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, which for us will be in the period beginning January 1, 2018.

50

Vendor Programs

Many of our arrangements with our vendors provide for us to receive specified amounts of consideration when we achieve any of a number of measures. These measures are generally related to the volume level of purchases from our vendors and may include negotiated pricing arrangements. We account for vendor programs as vendor incentives, and accordingly as a reduction of the prices of the vendors’ products and therefore as a reduction of inventory until we sell the products, at which time such incentives are recognized as a reduction of Cost of sales on our Consolidated Statements of Income.

Throughout the year, we estimate the amount earned based on our estimate of total purchases for the fiscal year relative to the purchase levels that mark our progress toward earning each program. We accrue vendor incentives on a monthly basis using these estimates, provided that we determine they are probable and reasonably estimable. We continually revise these estimates to reflect actual credits earned based on actual purchase levels and trends related to sales and purchasing mix. When we make adjustments to our estimates, we determine whether any portion of the adjustment impacts the amount of vendor incentives that are deferred in inventory. We recognize changes in our estimates as a cumulative catch-up adjustment to the amounts recognized to date in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Shipping and Handling Costs

We record shipping and handling costs associated with inbound freight as cost of sales. The table below presents shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight, which we include in selling and administrative expenses (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	39,879	$	36,783	$	38,674

Share-Based Compensation

We record share-based compensation for stock options and other share-based awards based on the estimated fair value as measured on the grant date. For stock option awards, we use a Black-Scholes model for estimating the grant date fair value. For additional discussion of share-based compensation, see Note 6.

Advertising Costs

We expense advertising costs when incurred. The table below presents advertising expense for the past three years (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	7,011	$	7,127	$	6,894

Income Taxes

We record deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities using currently enacted rates and laws that will be in effect when we expect the differences to reverse. Due to changing tax laws and state income tax rates, significant judgment is required to estimate the effective tax rate expected to apply to tax differences that are expected to reverse in the future.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying amounts of net deferred tax assets if there is uncertainty regarding their future realization. We consider many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization including our recent cumulative earnings experience by taxing jurisdiction, expectations of future taxable income, the carryforward periods available to us for tax reporting purposes and other relevant factors. For additional discussion of income taxes, see Note 7.

Equity Method Investments

We account for our 50% investment in Northpark Corporate Center, LLC (NCC) using the equity method of accounting. Accordingly, we report our share of income or loss based on our ownership interest in this investment.

51

Earnings Per Share

We calculate basic earnings per share by dividing Net income or loss attributable to Pool Corporation by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. We include outstanding unvested restricted stock awards of our common stock in the basic weighted average share calculation. Diluted earnings per share includes the dilutive effects of other share-based awards. For additional discussion of earnings per share, see Note 8.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of each of our foreign subsidiaries is its applicable local currency. We translate our foreign subsidiary financial statements into U.S. dollars based on published exchange rates. We include these translation adjustments as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We include realized transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations in Interest and other non-operating expenses, net on the Consolidated Statements of Income. We realized net foreign currency transaction losses of $0.7 million in 2016, $0.8 million in 2015 and $0.3 million in 2014.

Fair Value Measurements

Our assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the unrealized gains or losses on our interest rate swap contracts and contingent consideration related to recent acquisitions. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under the accounting guidance are described below:

Level 1 Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 Inputs to the valuation methodology include:

• quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

• quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;

• inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; or

• inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The table below presents the estimated fair values of our interest rate swap contracts, our forward-starting interest rate swap contract and our contingent consideration liabilities (in thousands):

	Fair Value at December 31,
	2016		2015
Level 2
Unrealized gains on interest rate swaps	$	1,521	$	—
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps	3,138		3,295
Level 3
Contingent consideration liabilities	$	1,611	$	806

We include unrealized gains in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and unrealized losses in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For determining the fair value of our interest rate swap and forward-starting interest rate swap contracts, we use significant other observable market data or assumptions (Level 2 inputs as defined in the accounting guidance) that we believe market participants would use in pricing similar assets or liabilities, including assumptions about counterparty risk.  Our fair value estimates reflect an income approach based on the terms of the interest rate swap contracts and inputs corroborated by observable market data including interest rate curves.

52

As of December 31, 2016, our Consolidated Balance Sheets reflect $0.2 million in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and $1.4 million in Other long-term liabilities for contingent consideration related to future payouts for our acquisitions of The Melton Corporation and Metro Irrigation Supply Company Ltd. In determining our original estimates for contingent consideration, which are based on a percentage of gross profit for certain products for The Melton Corporation and a multiple of gross profit for Metro Irrigation Supply Company Ltd., we applied a linear model using our best estimate of gross profit projections for fiscal years 2016 to 2020 (Level 3 inputs as defined in the accounting guidance). The maximum total payout for Metro Irrigation Supply Company Ltd. over this time period is $1.0 million. Since the acquisition dates, we have recorded minimal adjustments to our original estimates based on the calculated 2017 payouts related to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. Adjustments to the fair value of contingent consideration are recognized in earnings in the period in which we determine that the fair value changed. We have determined that the contingent consideration liability was in a range of acceptable estimates as of December 31, 2016.

The carrying values of cash, receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short maturity of those instruments (Level 1 inputs). For the note receivable with our variable interest entity, our determination of the estimated fair value reflects a discounted cash flow model using our estimates, including assumptions related to collectibility (Level 3 inputs). In 2016, we recorded $3.5 million of fair value adjustments to reduce the note receivable to an amount that was based on the results of our discounted cash flow model for expected payments under the note receivable. The carrying value of this note receivable, including adjustments, approximates fair value. The carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value.  Our determination of the estimated fair value reflects a discounted cash flow model using our estimates, including assumptions related to borrowing rates (Level 3 inputs).

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

We have designated our interest rate swap and forward-starting interest rate swap contracts as cash flow hedges, and we assess hedge effectiveness on a quarterly basis. To the extent that these hedges are effective, we record the changes in the estimated fair value of the swaps to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recorded as a component of Interest and other non-operating expenses, net on our Consolidated Statements of Income. We recognize any differences between the variable interest rate payments and the fixed interest rate settlements from our swap counterparties as an adjustment to interest expense over the life of the swaps.

Our interest rate swap and forward-starting interest rate swap contracts are subject to master netting arrangements. According to our accounting policy, we do not offset the fair values of assets with the fair values of liabilities related to these contracts.

For our interest rate swap contracts currently in effect, a portion of the change in the estimated fair value between periods relates to future interest expense. Recognition of the change in fair value between periods attributable to accrued interest is reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to Interest and other non-operating expenses, net on the Consolidated Statements of Income. These amounts were not material in 2016, 2015 or 2014. In October 2016 we began reclassifying the fair values related to our original forward-starting swaps from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to Interest and other non-operating expenses, net. These unrealized losses will be amortized over the effective period of the original forward-starting interest rate swap contracts from October 2016 to September 2018. For additional discussion of our interest rate swaps, see Note 5.

Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

Credit Risk and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We record trade receivables at the invoiced amounts less an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses we may incur if customers do not pay. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and we typically do not require collateral. Consistent with industry practices, we generally require payment from our North American customers within 30 days, except for sales under early buy programs for which we provide extended payment terms to qualified customers.

At the end of each quarter, we perform a reserve analysis of all accounts with balances greater than $20,000 and more than 60 days past due. Additionally, we perform a separate reserve analysis on the balance of our accounts receivables with emphasis on the remainder of the past due portion of the aging. During the year, we write off account balances when we have exhausted reasonable collection efforts and determined that the likelihood of collection is remote. These write-offs are charged against our allowance for doubtful accounts.

53

The following table summarizes the changes in our allowance for doubtful accounts for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016			2015			2014
Balance at beginning of year	$	4,205		$	4,008		$	4,547
Bad debt expense	1,199			1,110			1,167
Write-offs, net of recoveries	(1,354		)	(913		)	(1,706		)
Balance at end of year	$	4,050		$	4,205		$	4,008

Product Inventories and Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence

Product inventories consist primarily of goods we purchase from manufacturers to sell to our customers. We record inventory at the lower of cost, using the average cost method, or market. We establish our reserve for inventory obsolescence based on inventory turns by class with particular emphasis on stock keeping units with the weakest sales over the previous 12 months (or 36 months for tile and 48 months for parts products). The reserve is intended to reflect the net realizable value of inventory that we may not be able to sell at a profit.

In evaluating the adequacy of our reserve for inventory obsolescence, we consider a combination of factors including:

• the level of inventory in relation to historical sales by product, including inventory usage by class based on product sales at both the sales center and on a company-wide basis;

• changes in customer preferences or regulatory requirements;

• seasonal fluctuations in inventory levels;

• geographic location; and

• superseded products and new product offerings.

We periodically adjust our reserve for inventory obsolescence as changes occur in the above-identified factors.

The following table summarizes the changes in our reserve for inventory obsolescence for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016			2015			2014
Balance at beginning of year	$	6,979		$	6,403		$	7,103
Provision for inventory write-downs	2,036			3,043			1,535
Deduction for inventory write-offs	(2,484		)	(2,467		)	(2,235		)
Balance at end of year	$	6,531		$	6,979		$	6,403

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. We depreciate property and equipment on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings	40 years
Leasehold improvements (1)	1 - 10 years
Autos and trucks	3 - 6 years
Machinery and equipment	3 - 15 years
Computer equipment	3 - 7 years
Furniture and fixtures	5 - 10 years

⁽¹⁾  For substantial improvements made near the end of a lease term where we are reasonably certain the lease will be renewed, we amortize the leasehold improvement over the remaining life of the lease including the expected renewal period.

54

The table below presents depreciation expense for the past three years (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	20,338	$	16,373	$	14,495

Acquisitions

We use the acquisition method of accounting and recognize assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value as of the acquisition date. Any contingent assets acquired and contingent liabilities assumed are also recognized at fair value if we can reasonably estimate fair value during the measurement period (which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date). We remeasure any contingent liabilities at fair value in each subsequent reporting period. We expense all acquisition-related costs as incurred, including any restructuring costs associated with a business combination.

If our initial acquisition accounting is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which a business combination occurs, we report provisional amounts for incomplete items. Once we obtain information required to finalize the accounting for incomplete items, we retrospectively adjust the provisional amounts recognized as of the acquisition date. We make adjustments to these provisional amounts during the measurement period.

For all acquisitions, we include the results of operations in our Consolidated Financial Statements as of the acquisition date. For additional discussion of acquisitions, see Note 2.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the amount we paid to acquire a company over the estimated fair value of tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed. We test goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually as of October 1st and at any other time when impairment indicators exist.

We estimate fair value based on an income approach that incorporates our assumptions for determining the present value of future cash flows.  We project future cash flows using management’s assumptions for sales growth rates, operating margins, discount rates and multiples. These assumptions are considered unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs as defined in the accounting guidance). If the estimated fair value of any of our reporting units falls below its carrying value, we compare the estimated fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its estimated fair value, we recognize the difference as an impairment loss in operating income. Since we define an operating segment as an individual sales center and we do not have operations below the sales center level, our reporting unit is an individual sales center. For additional discussion of goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 3.

Receivables Securitization Facility

Our accounts receivable securitization facility (the Receivables Facility) provides for the sale of certain of our receivables to a wholly owned subsidiary (the Securitization Subsidiary). The Securitization Subsidiary transfers variable undivided percentage interests in the receivables and related rights to certain third party financial institutions in exchange for cash proceeds, limited to the applicable funding capacities.

We account for the sale of the receivable interests as a secured borrowing on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The receivables subject to the agreement collateralize the cash proceeds received from the third party financial institutions. We classify the entire outstanding balance as Long-term debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as we intend and have the ability to refinance the obligations on a long‑term basis. We present the receivables that collateralize the cash proceeds separately as Receivables pledged under receivables facility on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. For additional discussion of the Receivables Facility, see Note 5.

Self Insurance

We are self-insured for employee health benefits, workers’ compensation coverage, property and casualty, and automobile insurance. To limit our exposure, we also maintain excess and aggregate liability coverage. We establish self‑insurance reserves based on estimates of claims incurred but not reported and information that we obtain from third-party service providers regarding known claims. Our management reviews these reserves based on consideration of various factors, including but not limited to the age of existing claims, estimated settlement amounts and other historical claims data.

55

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest

In July 2014, we purchased a controlling interest in PSL. Included in the transaction documents is a put/call option deed that grants us an option to purchase the shares held by the noncontrolling interest, and grants the holder of the noncontrolling interest an option to require us to purchase its shares in one or two transactions. The put/call option deed in this transaction is considered an equity contract and therefore a financial instrument under the accounting guidance. In applying the guidance for this transaction, we have determined that the financial instrument is embedded in the noncontrolling interest. As a public company, we are required to classify the noncontrolling interest and the embedded financial instrument as redeemable noncontrolling interest in a separate section of our Consolidated Balance Sheets, between liabilities and equity.

At the end of each period, we record the portion of comprehensive income or loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest to Redeemable noncontrolling interest to determine the carrying amount. We are required to compare the carrying amount to our estimated redemption value at the end of each reporting period. The redemption value is based on a multiple of a PSL earnings measure for a specified time period. To the extent that the estimated redemption value exceeds the carrying amount, we would record an adjustment to Redeemable noncontrolling interest. We did not record such an adjustment in 2016, 2015 or 2014.

The table below presents the changes in Redeemable noncontrolling interest (in thousands):

	2016			2015			2014
Redeemable noncontrolling interest, beginning of period	$	2,665		$	3,113		$	—
Acquisition date value	—			—			3,131
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest	(352		)	(51		)	338
Other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	(26		)	(397		)	(356		)
Redeemable noncontrolling interest, end of period	$	2,287		$	2,665		$	3,113

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The table below presents the components of our Accumulated other comprehensive loss balance (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	(13,024	)	$	(11,362	)
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net of tax	(1,054		)	(2,367		)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(14,078	)	$	(13,729	)

Retained Deficit

We account for the retirement of treasury share repurchases as an increase of our Retained deficit on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  As of December 31, 2016, the retained deficit reflects cumulative net income, the cumulative impact of adjustments for changes in accounting pronouncements, treasury share retirements since the inception of our share repurchase programs of $1,093.3 million and cumulative dividends declared of $367.7 million.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

The following table presents supplemental disclosures to the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	8,052	$	6,316	$	6,481
Income taxes, net of refunds	80,378		65,668		58,405

56

Note 2 - Acquisitions

2016 Acquisitions

In April 2016, we acquired the distribution assets of Metro Irrigation Supply Company Ltd., an irrigation and landscape supply company with eight locations in Texas.

We have completed our acquisition accounting for this acquisition, subject to adjustments for standard holdback provisions per the terms of the purchase agreement, which are not material. This acquisition did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

2015 Acquisitions

In November 2015, we acquired the distribution assets of The Melton Corporation, a masonry materials and supplies distributor with one sales center location in California and one sales center location in Arizona. In October 2015, we acquired the distribution assets of Seaboard Industries, Inc., a swimming pool supply wholesale distributor with one sales center location in Connecticut and two sales center locations in New Jersey. In April 2015, we acquired certain distribution assets from Poolwerx Development LLC and opened a satellite sales center location serving South Mesa, Arizona.

In 2016, we completed the acquisition accounting for each of our 2015 acquisitions. These acquisitions did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations, either individually or in the aggregate

2014 Acquisitions

In February 2014, we acquired certain distribution assets of Atlantic Chemical & Aquatics Inc., a regional swimming pool products distributor based in Nova Scotia with two sales center locations serving the Maritime Provinces of Canada. In March 2014, we acquired certain distribution assets of DFW Stone Supply, LLC, a distributor of natural stone and rock products and masonry supplies with two sales center locations in the Dallas, Texas metropolitan area. In July 2014, we purchased a 60% controlling interest in PSL, a distributor of swimming pool and spa equipment, accessories and leisure products, with one sales center located in Brisbane, Australia. As part of this transaction, PSL acquired Niagara Pool Supplies (Niagara), a distributor of pool products, with two sales centers in New South Wales, Australia. In December 2014, we acquired certain distribution assets of St. Louis Hardscape Material & Supply, LLC, a hardscape and landscaping materials supplier with one location in St. Louis, Missouri. Because this acquisition was completed on December 31, 2014, we have included the results of this acquired company beginning January 1, 2015.

In 2015, we completed the acquisition accounting for each of our 2014 acquisitions. These acquisitions did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations, either individually or in the aggregate.

57

Note 3 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The table below presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and our accumulated impairment losses (in thousands):

Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2014	$	183,190
Acquired goodwill	1,149
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(2,312		)
Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2015	182,027
Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2014	(9,266		)
Goodwill impairment	—
Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2015	(9,266		)
Goodwill (net) at December 31, 2015	$	172,761
Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2015	$	182,027
Acquired goodwill	12,696
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(49		)
Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2016	194,674
Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2015	(9,266		)
Goodwill impairment	(613		)
Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2016	(9,879		)
Goodwill (net) at December 31, 2016	$	184,795

In the third quarter of 2016, we performed an interim goodwill impairment analysis for an at-risk reporting unit in Quebec, Canada. We have been monitoring this location’s results, which came in below expectations at the end of the 2016 pool season. Due to this impairment indicator, we performed an interim goodwill impairment analysis. We estimated the fair value of this reporting unit based on an income approach that incorporates our assumptions for determining the present value of future cash flows.  We projected future cash flows using management’s assumptions for sales growth rates, operating margins, discount rates and multiples. Because the carrying value of this reporting unit’s goodwill exceeded its estimated fair value, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge in Selling and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

In October 2016 and October 2015, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test and did not identify any goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level. As of October 1, 2016, we had 222 reporting units with allocated goodwill balances.  The highest goodwill balance was $5.7 million and the average goodwill balance was $0.8 million.

58

Other intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Horizon tradename (indefinite life)	$	8,400		$	8,400
Pool Systems tradename and trademarks (indefinite lives)	1,023			1,040
National Pool Tile (NPT) tradename (20 year life)	1,500			1,500
Non-compete agreements (5 year weighted average useful life)	4,396			1,953
Patents (5 year weighted average useful life)	483			492
Other intangible assets	15,802			13,385
Less: Accumulated amortization	(2,476		)	(1,540		)
Other intangible assets, net	$	13,326		$	11,845

The Horizon and Pool Systems tradenames and trademarks have indefinite useful lives and are not subject to amortization.  However, we evaluate the useful lives of these intangible assets and test for impairment annually.  The NPT tradename, our non-compete agreements and our patents have finite useful lives and we amortize the estimated fair value of these agreements using the straight-line method over their respective useful lives. We have not identified any indicators of impairment related to these assets. The useful lives for our non-compete agreements are based on their contractual terms, and the useful lives for our patents are based on expected future cash flows. We recognize expenses related to patent renewal costs as incurred.

Other intangible amortization expense was $1.0 million in 2016, $0.4 million in 2015 and $0.8 million in 2014.

The table below presents estimated amortization expense for other intangible assets for the next five years (in thousands):

2017	$	888
2018	886
2019	747
2020	700
2021	219

59

Note 4 - Details of Certain Balance Sheet Accounts

The table below presents additional information regarding certain balance sheet accounts (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Receivables, net:
Trade accounts	$	18,533		$	17,835
Vendor programs	44,842			38,444
Other, net	2,112			2,099
Total receivables	65,487			58,378
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts	(4,050		)	(4,205		)
Receivables, net	$	61,437		$	54,173
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
Prepaid expenses	$	13,584		$	11,919
Other current assets	1,734			27
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	15,318		$	11,946
Property and equipment, net:
Land	$	1,685		$	1,925
Buildings	2,465			2,465
Leasehold improvements	38,348			33,518
Autos and trucks	53,371			35,832
Machinery and equipment	45,535			39,518
Computer equipment	39,251			39,271
Furniture and fixtures	9,951			9,164
Fixed assets in progress	2,065			6,173
Total property and equipment	192,671			167,866
Less: Accumulated depreciation	(109,381		)	(98,012		)
Property and equipment, net	$	83,290		$	69,854
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:
Salaries and payroll deductions	$	8,878		$	6,433
Performance-based compensation	32,226			29,090
Taxes payable	8,424			8,889
Other current liabilities	14,859			12,179
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	64,387		$	56,591

60

Note 5 - Debt

The table below presents the components of our debt as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016		2015
Variable rate debt
Current portion of long-term debt:
Australian Seasonal Credit Facility (described below)	$	1,105	$	1,700
Long-term portion:
Revolving Credit Facility (described below)	354,549		273,015
Receivables Securitization Facility (described below)	83,500		55,000
Less: financing costs, net	1,112		1,670
Long-term debt, net	$	436,937	$	326,345
Total debt	$	438,042	$	328,045

Revolving Credit Facility

On November 20, 2014, we, along with our wholly owned subsidiaries, SCP Distributors Canada Inc., as the Canadian Borrower, and SCP Pool B.V., as the Dutch Borrower, executed an amendment to our unsecured syndicated senior credit facility (the Credit Facility). The Credit Facility borrowing capacity remains $465.0 million under a five-year revolving credit facility. On November 20, 2015, we extended the maturity date of the agreement to November 20, 2020.

The Credit Facility includes sublimits for the issuance of swingline loans and standby letters of credit. Pursuant to an accordion feature, the aggregate maximum principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Facility may be increased at our request and with agreement by the lenders by up to $75.0 million, to a total of $540.0 million.  

Our obligations under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by substantially all of our existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries.  The Credit Facility contains terms and provisions (including representations, covenants and conditions) and events of default customary for transactions of this type.  If we default under the Credit Facility, the lenders may terminate their commitments under the Credit Facility and may require us to repay all amounts.

At December 31, 2016, there was $354.5 million outstanding and $110.5 million available for borrowing, subject to a $4.0 million standby letter of credit outstanding under the Credit Facility.  The weighted average effective interest rate for the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2016 was approximately 2.6%, excluding commitment fees.

Revolving borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest, at our option, at either of the following and, in each case, plus an applicable margin:

a. a base rate, which is the highest of (i) the Wells Fargo Bank, National Association prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.500% and (iii) the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) Market Index Rate plus 1.000%; or

b. LIBOR.

Borrowings by the Canadian Borrower bear interest, at the Canadian Borrower’s option, at either of the following and, in each case, plus an applicable margin:

a. a base rate, which is the greatest of (i) the Canadian Reference Bank prime rate and (ii) the annual rate of interest equal to the sum of the Canadian Dealer Offered Rate (CDOR) plus 1.000%; or

b. CDOR.

Borrowings by the Dutch Borrower bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin.

61

The interest rate margins on the borrowings and letters of credit are based on our leverage ratio and will range from 1.150% to 1.650% on CDOR, LIBOR and swingline loans, and from 0.150% to 0.650% on Base Rate and Canadian Base Rate loans.   Borrowings under the swingline loans are based on the LIBOR Market Index Rate (LMIR) plus any applicable margin.  We are also required to pay an annual facility fee ranging from 0.100% to 0.225%, depending on our leverage ratio.

Receivables Securitization Facility

On October 28, 2016, we and certain of our subsidiaries entered into an amendment of our two-year accounts receivable securitization facility (the Receivables Facility). As amended, the Receivables Facility has a peak seasonal funding capacity of up to $220.0 million between May 1 and June 30, which includes an additional seasonal funding capacity that is available between March 1 and July 31. Other funding capacities range from $65.0 million to $150.0 million throughout the remaining months of the year.

The Receivables Facility provides for the sale of certain of our receivables to a wholly owned subsidiary (the Securitization Subsidiary). The Securitization Subsidiary transfers variable undivided percentage interests in the receivables and related rights to certain third party financial institutions in exchange for cash proceeds, limited to the applicable funding capacities. Upon payment of the receivables by customers, rather than remitting to the financial institutions the amounts collected, we retain such collections as proceeds for the sale of new receivables until payments become due to the financial institutions.

The Receivables Facility is subject to terms and conditions (including representations, covenants and conditions precedent) customary for transactions of this type. Failure to maintain certain ratios or meet certain of these covenants could trigger an amortization event.

At December 31, 2016, there was $83.5 million outstanding under the Receivables Facility at a weighted average effective interest rate of 1.5%, excluding commitment fees.

Depending on the funding source used by the financial institutions to purchase the receivables, amounts outstanding under the Receivables Facility bear interest at one of the following and, in each case, plus an applicable margin of 0.75%:

a. for financial institutions using the commercial paper market, commercial paper rates based on the applicable variable rates in the commercial paper market at the time of issuance; or

b. for financial institutions not using the commercial paper market, LMIR.

We also pay an unused fee of 0.35% on the excess of the facility limit over the average daily capital outstanding. We pay this fee monthly in arrears.

Australian Seasonal Credit Facility

PSL utilizes the Australian Seasonal Credit Facility to supplement working capital needs during its peak season, which runs from July to March.  The arrangement provides a borrowing capacity of AU$3.0 million, and any amounts outstanding must be repaid by April 1.

Cash Pooling Arrangement

Certain of our foreign subsidiaries entered into a cash pooling arrangement with a financial institution for cash management purposes. This arrangement allows the participating subsidiaries to withdraw cash from the financial institution to the extent that aggregate cash deposits held by these subsidiaries are available at the financial institution. To the extent the participating subsidiaries are in an overdraft position, such overdrafts are recorded as short-term borrowings under a committed cash overdraft facility. These borrowings bear interest at a variable rate based on 3-month Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR), plus a fixed margin. We also pay a commitment fee on the borrowing capacity of €10.0 million. This fee is paid annually in advance. As of December 31, 2016, there were no amounts outstanding under the overdraft facility.

62

Interest Rate Swaps

In 2016, we had five interest rate swap contracts in place to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on the Credit Facility.  Each of these swap contracts terminated on October 19, 2016.  These swaps converted the variable interest rates to fixed interest rates on borrowings under the Credit Facility. For these interest rate swaps, we recognized no gains or losses through income, nor was there any effect on income from hedge ineffectiveness over the term of these swap contracts. The following table provides additional details related to each of these swap contracts:

Derivative	Effective Date	Notional Amount (in millions)		Fixed Interest Rate
Interest rate swap 1	November 21, 2011	$	25.0	1.185	%
Interest rate swap 2	November 21, 2011	25.0		1.185	%
Interest rate swap 3	December 21, 2011	50.0		1.100	%
Interest rate swap 4	January 17, 2012	25.0		1.050	%
Interest rate swap 5	January 19, 2012	25.0		0.990	%

We currently have three interest rate swap contracts in place, which became effective on October 19, 2016. These swaps were previously forward-starting contracts that were amended in October 2015. These swaps were amended to bring the fixed rates per our forward-starting contracts in line with current market rates and extend the hedged period for future interest payments on our Credit Facility following the October 19, 2016 termination date of the swap contracts described above. Concurrent with this amendment of these contracts, we de-designated the original hedge arrangements and designated the amended forward-starting interest rate swap contracts as cash flow hedges. As amended, these swap contracts terminate on November 20, 2019.

In 2015, we recognized a benefit as a result of our determination of ineffectiveness for the period. In the first quarter of 2016, these forward-starting interest rate swaps were deemed highly effective, and the benefit previously recognized was reversed, resulting in $0.6 million in expense. There was no benefit or expense recognized in the second and third quarters of 2016 as these swaps continued to be highly effective for the periods. In the fourth quarter of 2016, we recognized a benefit of $0.5 million as a result of minimal ineffectiveness for that period. These amounts were recorded in Interest and other non-operating expenses, net on our Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table provides additional details related to each of these amended swap contracts:

Derivative	Amendment Date	Notional Amount (in millions)		Fixed Interest Rate
Interest rate swap 6	October 1, 2015	$	75.0	2.273	%
Interest rate swap 7	October 1, 2015	25.0		2.111	%
Interest rate swap 8	October 1, 2015	50.0		2.111	%

To account for the de-designation of the original forward-starting swaps, we were required to freeze the amounts related to the changes in the fair values of these swaps, which are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These unrealized losses, which total $3.7 million, are being amortized over the effective period of the original forward-starting interest rate swap contracts from October 2016 to September 2018. In the fourth quarter of 2016, we recorded expense of $0.4 million as amortization of the unrealized loss in Interest and other non-operating expenses, net.

In July 2016 we entered into a new forward-starting interest rate swap contract to extend the hedged period for future interest payments on our Credit Facility to its maturity date. This swap contract will convert the variable interest rate to a fixed interest rate on borrowings under the Credit Facility. This contract becomes effective on November 20, 2019 and terminates on November 20, 2020. The following table provides additional details related to this new swap contract:

Derivative	Inception Date	Notional Amount (in millions)		Fixed Interest Rate
Forward-starting interest rate swap	July 6, 2016	$	150.0	1.1425	%

63

The net difference between interest paid and interest received related to our swap agreements resulted in incremental interest expense of $1.3 million in 2016, $1.4 million in 2015 and $1.4 million in 2014. 

Failure of our swap counterparties would result in the loss of any potential benefit to us under our swap agreements. In this case, we would still be obligated to pay the variable interest payments underlying our debt agreements.  Additionally, failure of our swap counterparties would not eliminate our obligation to continue to make payments under our existing swap agreements if we continue to be in a net pay position.

Financial and Other Covenants

Financial covenants on the Credit Facility and Receivables Facility are closely aligned and include a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and maintenance of a maximum average total leverage ratio, which are our most restrictive covenants. The Credit Facility also limits the declaration and payment of dividends on our common stock to no more than 50% of the preceding year’s Net Income (as defined in the Credit Facility), provided no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the payment of dividends. Additionally, we may declare and pay quarterly dividends notwithstanding that the aggregate amount of dividends paid would be in excess of the 50% limit described above so long as (i) the amount per share of such dividends does not exceed the amount per share paid during the most recent fiscal year in which we were in compliance with the 50% limit and (ii) our Average Total Leverage Ratio is less than 3.00 to 1.00 both immediately before and after giving pro forma effect to such dividends. Further, dividends must be declared and paid in a manner consistent with our past practice.

Under the Credit Facility, we may repurchase shares of our common stock provided no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the repurchase of shares, and our maximum average total leverage ratio (determined on a pro forma basis) is less than 2.50 to 1.00. Other covenants include restrictions on our ability to grant liens, incur indebtedness, make investments, merge or consolidate, and sell or transfer assets.  Failure to comply with any of our financial covenants or any other terms of the Credit Facility could result in penalty payments, higher interest rates on our borrowings or the acceleration of the maturities of our outstanding debt.

As of December 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants and financial ratio requirements related to the Credit Facility and the Receivables Facility.

Deferred Financing Costs

We capitalize financing costs we incur related to implementing and amending our debt arrangements. Upon adoption of ASU 2015-03, we now record these costs as a component of Long-term debt, net on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and continue to amortize them over the contractual life of the related debt arrangement. The table below summarizes changes in deferred financing costs for the past two years (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Deferred financing costs:
Balance at beginning of year	$	4,814		$	4,494
Financing costs deferred	69			320
Balance at end of year	4,883			4,814
Accumulated amortization of deferred financing costs	(3,771		)	(3,144		)
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization	$	1,112		$	1,670

64

Note 6 - Share-Based Compensation

Share-Based Plans

Current Plan

In May 2007, our stockholders approved the 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the 2007 LTIP), which authorizes the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors (the Board) to grant non-qualified stock options and restricted stock awards to employees, directors, consultants or advisors.  The 2007 LTIP replaced the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is discussed below, and the SCP Pool Non-Employee Directors Equity Incentive Plan, which was terminated in 2006 and had no stock options outstanding at December 31, 2016. In May 2016, our stockholders approved an amendment and restatement of the 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Amended 2007 LTIP) and increased the number of shares that may be issued to a total of 9,315,000 shares.  As of December 31, 2016, we had 4,808,577 shares available for future issuance including 1,278,350 shares that may be issued as restricted stock.

Stock options granted under the Amended 2007 LTIP have an exercise price equal to our stock’s closing market price on the grant date and expire ten years from the grant date. Restricted stock awards granted under the Amended 2007 LTIP are issued at no cost to the grantee.  Both stock options and restricted stock awards vest over time depending on an employee’s length of service with the Company.  Share-based awards to our employees generally vest either five years from the grant date or on a three/five year split vest schedule, where half of the awards vest three years from the grant date and the remainder of the awards vest five years from the grant date. Share‑based awards to the chairman of the Board and our non-employee directors vest one year from the grant date.

Beginning with 2016 grants, certain restricted stock awards to our employees contain performance-based criteria in addition to the service-based vesting criteria discussed above. The award provides for a three-year performance period, and the performance metric may be achieved during any consecutive three-year period beginning January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2020. If the performance metric fails to be met by the end of the performance period ending December 31, 2020, then all shares of performance-based restricted stock will be immediately forfeited and canceled. We have concluded attainment of these performance conditions to be probable since the grant date.

Preceding Plans

In May 2002, our stockholders approved the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the 2002 Plan), which authorized the Board to grant stock options and restricted stock awards to employees, agents, consultants or independent contractors. In May 2004, our stockholders approved an amendment to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2002 Plan from 1,575,000 to 2,700,000 shares.  Granted stock options have an exercise price equal to our stock’s market price on the grant date. These options generally vest either five years from the grant date or on a three/five year split vest schedule, as described above. These options expire ten years from the grant date.  In May 2007, the Board suspended the 2002 Plan. Options granted prior to the suspension were not affected by this action.

Stock Option Awards

The following table summarizes stock option activity under our share-based plans for the year ended December 31, 2016:

	Shares	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Balance at December 31, 2015	2,741,745	$	31.50
Granted	155,225	80.95
Less: Exercised	343,237	30.12
Forfeited	2,850	28.47
Balance at December 31, 2016	2,550,883	$	34.70	4.22	$	177,637,707
Exercisable at December 31, 2016	1,800,183	$	24.19	2.94	$	144,276,703

65

The following table presents information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2016:

	Outstanding Stock Options				Exercisable Stock Options
Range of Exercise Prices	Shares	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Shares	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$ 18.00 to $ 20.34	1,100,811	2.22	$	19.65	1,100,811	$	19.65
$ 20.35 to $ 45.61	947,497	4.48	33.83		696,372	31.22
$ 45.62 to $ 102.41	502,575	8.13	69.30		3,000	59.23
	2,550,883	4.22	$	34.70	1,800,183	$	24.19

The following table summarizes the cash proceeds and tax benefits realized from the exercise of stock options:

	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except share amounts)	2016		2015		2014
Options exercised	343,237		543,028		441,833
Cash proceeds	$	10,340	$	17,137	$	12,451
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$	21,094	$	22,676	$	13,132
Tax benefits realized	$	7,891	$	8,326	$	5,018

We estimated the fair value of employee stock option awards at the grant date based on the assumptions summarized in the following table:

	Year Ended December 31,
(Weighted average)	2016				2015				2014
Expected volatility	29.7		%		33.8		%		37.7		%
Expected term	7.1			years	7.2			years	7.2			years
Risk-free interest rate	1.75		%		1.95		%		2.26		%
Expected dividend yield	1.5		%		1.5		%		1.5		%
Grant date fair value	$	22.86			$	22.57			$	21.07

We calculated expected volatility over the expected term of the awards based on the historical volatility of our common stock.  We use weekly price observations for our historical volatility calculation because we believe that they provide the most appropriate measurement of volatility given the trading patterns of our common stock.  We estimated the expected term based on the vesting period of the awards and our historical exercise activity for awards with similar characteristics. The weighted average expected term is impacted by a higher expected term estimate for stock option awards granted to our named executive officers.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximating the expected term of the option. We determined the expected dividend yield based on the anticipated dividends over the expected term.

For purposes of recognizing share-based compensation expense, we ratably expense the estimated fair value of employee stock options over the options’ requisite service period. The requisite service period for our share-based awards is either the vesting period, or if shorter, the period from the grant date to the date that employees meet the retirement provisions of our share-based award agreements. We recognize compensation cost for awards with graded vesting using the graded vesting recognition method.

66

The following table presents the total share-based compensation expense for stock option awards and the related recognized tax benefits for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
Share-based compensation expense	$	3,735	$	3,688	$	3,632
Recognized tax benefits	1,409		1,331		1,388

At December 31, 2016, the unamortized compensation expense related to stock option awards totaled $3.5 million.  We anticipate that this expense will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years.

Restricted Stock Awards

The table below presents restricted stock awards activity under our share-based plans for the year ended December 31, 2016:

	Shares	Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Balance unvested at December 31, 2015	301,760	$	51.18
Granted (at market price)(1)	80,579	83.34
Less: Vested	95,420	38.70
Forfeited	1,900	69.55
Balance unvested at December 31, 2016	285,019	$	64.33

⁽¹⁾ The majority of these shares contain performance-based vesting conditions.

At December 31, 2016, the unamortized compensation expense related to the restricted stock awards totaled $3.8 million.  We anticipate that this expense will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.5 years.

The table below presents the total number of restricted stock awards that vested for the past three years and the related fair value of those awards (in thousands, except share amounts):

	2016		2015		2014
Shares vested	95,420		147,619		212,794
Fair value of restricted stock awards vested	$	7,960	$	10,182	$	12,354

The following table presents the total share-based compensation expense for restricted stock awards for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
Share-based compensation expense	$	5,993	$	5,513	$	5,203

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In March 1998, the Board adopted the SCP Pool Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP). Under the ESPP, employees who meet minimum age and length of service requirements may purchase stock at 85% of the lower of:

a. as amended in May 2016, the closing price of our common stock at the end of a six month plan period ending either July 31 or January 31 (prior to the amendment, the six month plan period ended on June 30 or December 31); or

b. the average of the beginning and ending closing prices of our common stock for such six month period.

67

No more than 956,250 shares of our common stock may be issued under the ESPP. For the one six month offering period in 2016 and the two six month offering periods in 2015 and 2014, our employees purchased the following aggregate number of shares:

2016	2015	2014
8,649	22,555	22,508

The grant date fair value for the most recent ESPP purchase period ended June 30, 2016 was $20.42 per share.  Share-based compensation expense related to our ESPP was $0.2 million in 2016, $0.3 million in 2015 and $0.2 million in 2014.

Note 7 - Income Taxes

Income before income taxes and equity earnings is attributable to the following jurisdictions (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
United States	$	234,646	$	203,269	$	178,497
Foreign	6,732		4,881		2,888
Total	$	241,378	$	208,150	$	181,385

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016			2015			2014
Current:
Federal	$	77,000		$	65,676		$	54,447
State and other	12,182			10,263			9,126
Total current provision for income taxes	89,182			75,939			63,573
Deferred:
Federal	4,079			4,568			6,942
State and other	(330		)	(370		)	44
Total deferred provision for income taxes	3,749			4,198			6,986
Provision for income taxes	$	92,931		$	80,137		$	70,559

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to our effective tax rate on Income before income taxes and equity earnings is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Federal statutory rate	35.00	%	35.00	%	35.00	%
Change in valuation allowance	0.10		0.20		0.43
Other, primarily state income tax rate	3.40		3.30		3.47
Total effective tax rate	38.50	%	38.50	%	38.90	%

68

The table below presents the components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Deferred tax assets:
Product inventories	$	7,010		$	7,101
Accrued expenses	3,978			3,303
Allowance for doubtful accounts	396			606
Total current	11,384			11,010
Component reclassified for net presentation	(5,368		)	(5,480		)
Total current, net	6,016			5,530
Leases	1,920			1,786
Share-based compensation	13,778			13,422
Uncertain tax positions	2,746			2,092
Net operating losses	5,735			5,485
Interest rate swaps	674			1,513
Other	2,465			1,159
Total non-current	27,318			25,457
Less: Valuation allowance	(5,735		)	(5,485		)
Component reclassified for net presentation	(20,781		)	(18,755		)
Total non-current, net	802			1,217
Total deferred tax assets	6,818			6,747
Deferred tax liabilities:
Trade discounts on purchases	2,698			3,001
Prepaid expenses	2,670			2,479
Total current	5,368			5,480
Component reclassified for net presentation	(5,368		)	(5,480		)
Total current, net	—			—
Intangible assets, primarily goodwill	42,930			40,197
Depreciation	12,326			8,366
Total non-current	55,256			48,563
Component reclassified for net presentation	(20,781		)	(18,755		)
Total non-current, net	34,475			29,808
Total deferred tax liabilities	34,475			29,808
Net deferred tax liability	$	27,657		$	23,061

69

At December 31, 2016, certain of our international subsidiaries had tax loss carryforwards totaling approximately $22.2 million, which expire in various years after 2017.  Deferred tax assets related to the tax loss carryforwards of these international subsidiaries were $5.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and $5.5 million as of December 31, 2015.  We have recorded a corresponding valuation allowance of $5.7 million and $5.5 million in the respective years.

Upon adoption of ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, we will classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on the balance sheet rather than separately presenting net deferred tax assets or liabilities as current or noncurrent. Also, we will no longer allocate valuation allowances between current and noncurrent deferred tax assets because those allowances will also be required to be classified as noncurrent. ASU 2015-17 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, which for us will be in the period beginning January 1, 2017. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2015-17 will have an impact on our results of operations, but it will change the presentation of our financial position and disclosures related to deferred tax assets and liabilities.

We reduce federal and state income taxes payable by the tax benefits associated with the exercise of nonqualified stock options and the lapse of restrictions on restricted stock awards.  To the extent realized tax deductions exceed the amount of previously recognized deferred tax benefits related to share-based compensation, we record an excess tax benefit in stockholders’ equity. We recorded excess tax benefits of $7.4 million in 2016 and $7.7 million in 2015. Upon adoption of ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, we will be required to record all excess tax benefits or deficiencies as income tax benefit or expense in the income statement. The adoption of this guidance will likely have a material positive impact on our income tax provision in periods in which employees elect to exercise their vested stock options or restrictions on share-based awards lapse. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, which for us will be in the period beginning January 1, 2017.

As of December 31, 2016, United States income taxes were not provided on earnings of our foreign subsidiaries, as we have invested or expect to invest the undistributed earnings indefinitely.  If in the future these earnings are repatriated to the United States, or if we determine that the earnings will be remitted in the foreseeable future, additional income tax provisions may be required. Determining the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable due to the complexity of tax laws and regulations and the varying circumstances, tax treatments and timing of any future repatriation.

We hold, through our affiliates, cash balances in the countries in which we operate, including amounts held outside the United States. Most of the amounts held outside the United States could be repatriated to the United States, but, under current law, may be subject to United States federal income taxes, less applicable foreign tax credits.  Repatriation of some foreign balances is restricted by local laws including the imposition of withholding taxes in some jurisdictions. We have not provided for the United States federal tax liability on these amounts, and for financial statement purposes, these foreign cash balances are considered indefinitely reinvested as of December 31, 2016 and are intended to be used to fund current cash flow needs in the countries where held.

The following table summarizes the activity related to uncertain tax positions for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
Balance at beginning of year	$	5,978	$	4,690	$	3,837
Increases for tax positions taken during a prior period	10		410		—
Increases for tax positions taken during the current period	2,819		1,782		1,664
Decreases resulting from the expiration of the statute of limitations	961		904		811
Decreases relating to settlements	—		—		—
Balance at end of year	$	7,846	$	5,978	$	4,690

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would decrease the effective tax rate was $5.1 million at December 31, 2016 and $3.9 million at December 31, 2015.

We record interest expense related to unrecognized tax benefits in Interest and other non-operating expenses, net, while we record related penalties in Selling and administrative expenses on our Consolidated Statements of Income.  For unrecognized tax benefits, we had interest expense of $0.2 million in 2016, interest expense $0.1 million in 2015 and minimal interest expense in 2014.  Accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $0.7 million at December 31, 2016 and $0.5 million at December 31, 2015.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions.  With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2013.

70

Note 8 - Earnings Per Share

The table below presents the computation of earnings per share, including the reconciliation of basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands, except per share data):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Net income	$	148,603	$	128,224	$	111,030
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	352		51		(338		)
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	$	148,955	$	128,275	$	110,692
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic	41,872		43,105		44,281
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options and employee stock purchase plan	1,112		1,149		1,160
Diluted	42,984		44,254		45,441
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	3.56	$	2.98	$	2.50
Diluted	$	3.47	$	2.90	$	2.44
Anti-dilutive stock options excluded from diluted earnings per share computations (1)	1		—		169

⁽¹⁾  Since these options have exercise prices that are higher than the average market prices of our common stock, including them in the calculation would have an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share.

Note 9 - Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

We lease facilities for our corporate office, sales centers and centralized shipping locations under operating leases that expire in various years through 2027. Most of our leases contain renewal options, some of which involve rate increases. For leases with step rent provisions whereby the rental payments increase incrementally over the life of the lease, we recognize the total minimum lease payments on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term. The table below presents rent expenses associated with facility, vehicle and equipment operating leases for the past three years (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	63,940	$	60,129	$	60,214

The table below sets forth the approximate future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2016 related to non-cancelable facility operating leases and the non-cancelable portion of certain equipment operating leases with initial terms of one year or more (in thousands):

2017	$	47,324
2018	39,908
2019	33,088
2020	26,211
2021	15,955
Thereafter	19,890

71

Upon adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases, we will be required to record most leases on our balance sheets and recognize expenses in a manner similar to current guidance. We will also be required to provide enhanced disclosures related to our lease agreements. ASU 2016-02 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The guidance is required to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. We are currently evaluating the effect that ASU 2016-02 will have on our financial position, results of operations and related disclosures.

Contingencies

From time to time, we are subject to various claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, including product liability, personal injury, commercial, contract and employment matters. Each quarter, we evaluate developments related to claims and litigation and record a liability if we deem a loss to be probable and estimable. When evaluating these matters for accrual and disclosure, we consider factors such as historical experience, specific facts and claims asserted, the likelihood we will prevail and the magnitude of any potential loss. The outcome of any litigation is inherently unpredictable. Based on currently available facts, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these claims and litigation matters will have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. We do not believe our exposure for any of these matters is material for disclosure, either individually or in the aggregate.

Note 10 - Related Party Transactions

Policy

Our policy for related party transactions is included in our written Audit Committee Charter.  This policy requires that our Audit Committee review and approve all related party transactions required to be disclosed in our Annual Proxy Statement or required to be approved based on NASDAQ rules.

Transactions

In May 2005, we acquired a 50% membership interest in NCC through a $1.1 million cash contribution.  NCC owns and operates an office building in Covington, Louisiana.  We lease corporate and administrative offices from NCC, occupying approximately 54,800 square feet of office space.  In May 2005 we amended the lease agreement, which had a ten year term. In June 2013, we exercised an option to extend the term of a portion of the lease agreement through May 2020. In March 2015 we exercised a second option to extend the term of the lease agreement through May 2025.  As of December 31, 2016, we pay rent of $86,767 per month.

In January 2002, we entered into a lease agreement with S&C Development, LLC (S&C) for additional warehouse space adjacent to our Mandeville, Louisiana sales center.  The sole owner of S&C is A. David Cook, a Pool Corporation executive officer.  This lease expired in November 2014 and we relocated this sales center to a new facility leased from an unrelated third party.  

The table below presents rent expense associated with these leases for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
NCC	$	1,035	$	1,016	$	989
Other	—		—		64
Total	$	1,035	$	1,016	$	1,053

Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans

We offer a 401(k) savings and retirement plan, which is a defined contribution plan and provides benefits for substantially all employees who meet length of service requirements. Eligible employees are able to contribute up to 75% of their compensation, subject to the federal dollar limit. For plan participants, we provide a matching contribution. We contribute a total maximum match on employee contributions of up to 4% of their compensation, with a 100% match on the first 3% of compensation deferred and a 50% match on deferrals between 3% and 5% of compensation. We also offer defined contribution plans for certain of our international entities. The plan funding is calculated as a percentage of the employee’s earnings and in compliance with local laws and practices. The related expense is not material and is included in the matching contributions - defined contribution plans line item in the table below.

72

We have a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that allows certain employees who occupy key management positions to defer salary and bonus amounts.  This plan also provides a matching contribution similar to that provided under our 401(k) plan to the extent that a participant’s contributions to the 401(k) plan are limited by IRS deferral and compensation limitations. The total combined company matching contribution provided to a participant under the 401(k) plan and the nonqualified deferred compensation plan for any one year may not exceed 4% of a participant’s salary and bonus.  The employee and company matching contributions are invested in certain equity and fixed income securities based on individual employee elections.

The table below sets forth our matching contributions for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
Matching contributions - defined contribution plans	$	5,817	$	5,583	$	5,235
Matching contributions - deferred compensation plan	194		218		233

Note 12 - Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The table below summarizes the unaudited quarterly results of operations for the past two years (in thousands, except per share data):

	Quarter
	2016								2015
	First		Second		Third		Fourth		First		Second		Third		Fourth
Net sales	$	515,250	$	918,889	$	691,429	$	445,235	$	450,430	$	851,855	$	645,779	$	415,075
Gross profit	143,023		270,736		199,551		127,777		124,801		248,260		184,288		118,295
Net income	16,363		85,247		44,421		2,572		8,433		77,809		39,403		2,579
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	16,371		85,435		44,534		2,615		8,419		77,924		39,447		2,486
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.39	$	2.03	$	1.06	$	0.06	$	0.19	$	1.80	$	0.92	$	0.06
Diluted	$	0.38	$	1.98	$	1.03	$	0.06	$	0.19	$	1.75	$	0.90	$	0.06

The sum of basic and diluted earnings per share for each of the quarters may not equal the total basic and diluted earnings per share for the annual periods because of rounding differences and a difference in the way that in-the-money stock options are considered from quarter to quarter. 

73

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

The term “disclosure controls and procedures” is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Act). The rules refer to the controls and other procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit under the Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms and (2) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  As of December 31, 2016, management, including the CEO and CFO, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that as of December 31, 2016, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

We maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting that is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Based on the most recent evaluation, we have concluded that no change in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

74

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Pool Corporation’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of published financial statements.  All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Any evaluation or projection of effectiveness to future periods is also subject to risk that controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Pool Corporation’s management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 Framework). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2016, Pool Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

The independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K has issued a report on Pool Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears below.

75

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Pool Corporation

We have audited Pool Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) (the COSO criteria). Pool Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Pool Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Pool Corporation as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of Pool Corporation for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, and our report dated February 24, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

New Orleans, Louisiana

February 24, 2017

76

Item 9B.  Other Information

Not applicable.

PART III.

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2017 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

Incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2017 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2017 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2017 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC.

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2017 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC.

77

PART IV.

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1)	Consolidated Financial Statements:
		Page
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	43
	Consolidated Statements of Income	44
	Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	45
	Consolidated Balance Sheets	46
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	47
	Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity	48
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	49
(2)	Financial Statement Schedules.
	All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or are not required or because the required information is provided in our Consolidated Financial Statements or accompanying Notes included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
(3)	The exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits.

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary

None

78

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 24, 2017.

	POOL CORPORATION
By:	/s/ WILSON B. SEXTON
	Wilson B. Sexton, Chairman of the Board
	and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities indicated on February 24, 2017.

Signature:	Title:
/s/ WILSON B. SEXTON
Wilson B. Sexton	Chairman of the Board and Director
/s/ MANUEL J. PEREZ DE LA MESA
Manuel J. Perez de la Mesa	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
/s/ MARK W. JOSLIN
Mark W. Joslin	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
/s/ MELANIE M. HOUSEY HART
Melanie M. Housey Hart	Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
/s/ ANDREW W. CODE
Andrew W. Code	Director
/s/ TIMOTHY M. GRAVEN
Timothy M. Graven	Director
/s/ HARLAN F. SEYMOUR
Harlan F. Seymour	Director
/s/ ROBERT C. SLEDD
Robert C. Sledd	Director
/s/ JOHN E. STOKELY
John E. Stokely	Director
/s/ DAVID G. WHALEN
David G. Whalen	Director

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

				Incorporated by Reference
No.		Description	Filed with this Form 10-K	Form	File No.	Date Filed
3.1		Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.		10-Q	000-26640	08/09/2006
3.2		Restated Composite Bylaws of the Company.		8-K	000-26640	12/20/2012
4.1		Form of certificate representing shares of common stock of the Company.		8-K	000-26640	05/19/2006
10.1	*	Amended and Restated SCP Pool Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan.		8-K	000-26640	05/06/2016
10.2	*	Amended and Restated SCP Pool Corporation 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan.		10-K	000-26640	03/01/2005
10.3	*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2002 Long‑Term Incentive Plan.		10-K	000-26640	03/01/2005
10.4	*	Pool Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Long‑Term Incentive Plan.		8-K	000-26640	05/06/2016
10.5	*	Form of Stock Option Agreement for Employees under the Amended and Restated 2007 Long‑Term Incentive Plan.		10-K	000-26640	02/26/2015
10.6	*	Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the Pool Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan		10-K	000-26640	02/26/2016
10.7	*	Form of Stock Option Agreement for Directors under the Amended and Restated 2007 Long‑Term Incentive Plan.		8-K	000-26640	05/06/2009
10.8	*	Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Directors under the Amended and Restated 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan.		8-K	000-26640	05/06/2009
10.9	*	Form of Employment Agreement.		10-K	000-26640	03/18/2003
10.10	*	Employment Agreement, dated January 25, 1999, among SCP Pool Corporation, South Central Pool Supply, Inc. and Manuel J. Perez de la Mesa.		10-K	000-26640	03/31/1999
10.11	*	Employment Agreement, dated January 17, 2003, between SCP Distributors, LLC and A. David Cook.		10-K	000-26640	03/01/2005
10.12	*	Employment Agreement, dated December 20, 2016, between SCP Distributors, LLC and Peter D. Arvan.	X	10-K	000-26640	02/24/2017
10.13	*	Compensation of Non-Employee Directors.		10-K	000-26640	03/01/2010
10.14	*	Form of Indemnity Agreement for Directors and Officers.		10-Q	000-26640	10/29/2004
10.15		Lease Agreement (Mandeville Warehouse) entered into as of January 16, 2002, by and between S&C Development Company, LLC and SCP Distributors, LLC, as amended by First Amendment entered into as of February 11, 2002 by and between S&C Development Company, LLC and SCP Distributors, LLC,		10-Q	000-26640	07/30/2004
10.16		as amended by Second Amendment entered into as of January 16, 2007 by and between S&C Development Company, LLC and SCP Distributors, LLC.		10-K	000-26640	03/01/2007
10.17		as amended by Third Amendment entered into as of October 7, 2013 by and between S&C Development Company, LLC and SCP Distributors, LLC.		10-K	000-26640	02/27/2014
10.18	*	Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan Basic Plan Document, dated March 1, 2005.		10-Q	000-26640	04/29/2005

				Incorporated by Reference
No.		Description	Filed with this Form 10-K	Form	File No.	Date Filed
10.19	*	Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan Adoption Agreement by and among SCP Distributors, L.L.C., Superior Pool Products, L.L.C. and Cypress, Inc., dated March 1, 2005.		10-Q	000-26640	04/29/2005
10.20		Trust Agreement by and among SCP Distributors, L.L.C., Superior Pool Products, L.L.C. and Cypress, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Trust Company, dated March 1, 2005.		10-Q	000-26640	04/29/2005
10.21	*	Pool Corporation Executive Officer Annual Incentive Plan		8-K	000-26640	05/06/2016
10.22		Credit Agreement dated as of October 19, 2011, among Pool Corporation, as US Borrower, SCP Distributors Canada Inc., as Canadian Borrower, SCP Pool B.V., as Dutch Borrower, the Lenders, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC, as joint Lead Arrangers and joint Bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., Regions Bank and Capital One, N.A., as Documentation Agents, and Branch Banking and Trust Company, Comerica Bank and Union Bank, N.A.		10-Q	000-26640	10/31/2011
10.23		as amended by Second Amendment entered into as of April 1, 2013.		10-Q	000-26640	07/31/2013
10.24		as amended by Third Amendment entered into as of June 14, 2013.		10-Q	000-26640	07/31/2013
10.25		as amended by Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement entered into as of September 20, 2013.		8-K	000-26640	09/24/2013
10.26		as amended by Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement entered into as of July 25, 2014.		10-Q	000-26640	10/30/2014
10.27		as amended by Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement entered into as of November 20, 2014.		8-K	000-26640	11/25/2014
10.28		Consent to Extension of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement entered into as of November 20, 2015.		8-K	000-26640	11/20/2015
10.29	*	Pool Corporation Strategic Plan Incentive Program.		8-K	000-26640	05/06/2016
10.30		Receivables Sale and Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2013, between SCP Distributors LLC, Horizon Distributors, Inc., Superior Pool Products LLC and Poolfx Supply LLC, as Originators and Superior Commerce LLC, as Buyer.		8-K	000-26640	10/17/2013
10.31		Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2013, among Superior Commerce LLC as Seller, SCP Distributors LLC, as the Servicer, the Purchasers from time to time thereto, The Bank of Tokyo‑Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch, as the Victory Group Co-Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the Wells Group Co-Agent and as Administrative Agent.		8-K	000-26640	10/17/2013
10.32		as amended by Second Amendment to the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of June 25, 2014.		10-Q	000-26640	07/30/2014
10.33		as amended by Third Amendment to the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of October 24, 2014.		8-K	000-26640	10/28/2014

				Incorporated by Reference
No.		Description	Filed with this Form 10-K	Form	File No.	Date Filed
10.34		as amended by Fourth Amendment to the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of October 1, 2015.		8-K	000-26640	10/20/2015
10.35		as amended by Fifth Amendment to the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of October 15, 2015.		8-K	000-26640	10/20/2015
10.36		as amended by Sixth Amendment to the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of October 28, 2016.		8-K	000-26640	10/31/2016
10.37		Performance Undertaking, dated as of October 11, 2013, by and between Pool Corporation and Superior Commerce LLC.		8-K	000-26640	10/17/2013
21.1		Subsidiaries of the registrant.	X
23.1		Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.	X
31.1		Certification by Mark W. Joslin pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	X
31.2		Certification by Manuel J. Perez de la Mesa pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	X
32.1		Certification by Manuel J. Perez de la Mesa and Mark W. Joslin pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	X
101.INS	+	XBRL Instance Document	X
101.SCH	+	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document	X
101.CAL	+	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document	X
101.DEF	+	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document	X
101.LAB	+	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document	X
101.PRE	+	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document	X

* Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

+ Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following items formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language):

1. Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014;

2. Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014;

3. Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015;

4. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014;

5. Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014; and

6. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

SCP DISTRIBUTORS, LLC

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into this 20th day of December, 2016, by and between SCP Distributors, LLC, a Delaware corporation (“Employer”), and Peter D. Arvan (“Employee”).

RECITALS

A. Employer operates swimming pool and irrigation wholesale distribution facilities throughout the United States, Canada, Europe and other international markets. Employer is the operating company for Pool Corporation, a publicly traded company on the NASDAQ.

B. Employer desires to employ Employee, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

C. The parties desire to specify their rights and responsibilities with regards to each other by entering into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises as specified hereinafter, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.EMPLOYMENT. Employer to employ Employee, and Employee to accept employment with Employer upon the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement.

2.TERM. The Agreement shall become effective on January 3, 2017, and shall remain in full force and effect until terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

3. COMPENSATION.

3.1Salary. Employer shall pay Employee’s gross annual salary (“Salary”) during such time Employee is employed by Employer. Employee’s Salary is set at the amount of $400,000 payable in equal installments not less than bi-weekly. Employee’s Salary may be adjusted, from time to time, at the sole discretion of Employer subject to Section 9.3 below.

3.2AnnualBonus. Employee will be eligible to receive an annual bonus based on criteria set forth in a separate bonus plan pursuant to the Employer’s Executive Officer Annual Incentive Plan (the “Bonus”), consistent with the criteria established for the Employer’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), with a maximum payout of 150% of salary for 2017 and 200% of salary each year thereafter. The Bonus shall be paid by Employer to Employee on, and shall not be earned by Employee unless Employee is employed on, February 28^th of the year following the calendar year in which the Bonus is applicable. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 9.2 and 9.3 below, fEmployee is not employed, for any reason, on February 28^th of the year following each applicable calendar year, Employee shall not be eligible to receive the Bonus for the preceding calendar year unless specifically authorized by the Employer’s CEO and Pool Corporation’s Board of Directors.

Exhibit 10.12

3.3Strategic Plan Incentive Program. Beginning with the performance period for awards to be paid in 2019 (i.e., January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2018), Employee will be eligible to participate in the Strategic Plan Incentive Program (“SPIP”), at the Group II Level (with a maximum payout of 100% of salary), and at the Group I Level for the performance period award to be paid in 2020 (i.e., January 1, 2017 through December 31, 2019) (with a maximum payout of 200% of salary); provided the SPIP remains in existence and subject to Section 9.3 below, Employee will thereafter be eligible to participate in the SPIP at the Group I level. The SPIP shall be paid by Employer to Employee on, and shall not be earned by Employee unless Employee is employed on, February 28^th of the year following the calendar year in which the SPIP is applicable. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 9.2 and 9.3 below, if Employee is not employed, for any reason, on February 28^th of the year following each applicable calendar year, Employee shall not be eligible to receive the SPIP for the preceding calendar year unless specifically authorized by the Employer’s CEO and Pool Corporation’s Board of Directors.

3.4Equity Grants. Upon the first date of employment (January 3, 2017), Employee shall receive an equity grant in the form of performance-based restricted stock and/or non-qualified stock options with a grant value of $1,500,000 pursuant to Employer’s Amended and Restated 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). Employee has the right to receive such grant all in the form of performance-based restricted stock (calculated as the grant value of $1,500,000 divided by the closing stock price on the grant date in accordance with the terms of the LTIP), or all in the form of non-qualified stock options (calculated as 2.5X the number of performance-based restricted stock), or 50% in each form of performance-based restricted stock and non-qualified stock options, all of which shall be determined prior to the date of grant. The terms of such grant shall be set forth in a separate Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement and/or Stock Option Agreement for the Grant of Non-Qualified Stock Options, as applicable, and shall provide terms consistent with Sections 9.2 and 9.3 below. In each of 2018 and 2019, Employee shall receive an equity grants in the same form, with the same alternatives, and for the same grant value ($1,500,000 each year), as upon start of employment, with such equity grants awarded at each year’s first regularly scheduled meeting of the Pool Corporation Board of Directors consistent with the equity grants provided to all other officers.

3.5Withholding Taxes. All compensation paid to Employee pursuant to this section 3 shall be subject to all applicable state, federal and local withholding taxes.

4.DUTIES. Employee will serve as Executive Vice President for Employer which shall without limitation include North America line management responsibilities and shall perform such other specific services or duties as Employer assigns from time to time.

5.EMPLOYEE BENEFITS. Employee shall be entitled to participate in all benefits Employer provides, or makes available to similarly situated employees in the same classification or equivalent level of responsibility, as changed from time to time by Employer.

6.AUTOMOBILE ALLOWANCE. Employer shall provide Employee with a vehicle under Employer’s guidelines for like executives.

7.EXTENT OF SERVICES. Employee shall devote his entire working time, attention and energies to Employer’s business and shall not, during the term of this Agreement, be engaged in any other business activity that interferes with Employee’s duties for Employer as determined in the sole discretion of Employer, whether or not such business activity is pursued for gain, profit or other pecuniary advantage. However, Employee may invest his assets in such form or other manner as will not require his services in the operation of the affairs of the companies in which such investments are made and Employee may serve on one outside company Board provided that such service does not interfere with Employee’s obligations to the Employer.

Exhibit 10.12

8.DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION. Employee acknowledges his position with Employer has given Employee access to and will continue to give Employee access to certain confidential and proprietary information (“Confidential Information”) of Employer and such Confidential Information, including but not limited to Employer’s products and services, business plans, business acquisitions, processes, product or service research and development methods or techniques, training methods and other operational methods or techniques, quality assurance procedures or standards, operating procedures, files, plans, specifications, proposals, drawings, charts, graphs, support data, trade secrets, supplier lists, supplier information, purchasing methods or practices, distribution and selling activities, consultants’ reports, marketing or other technical studies, maintenance records, employment or personnel data, marketing data, strategies or techniques, financial reports, budgets, projections, cost analyses, price lists, formulae and analyses, employee lists, customer records, customer lists, customer source lists, proprietary computer software, and internal notes and memoranda relating to any of the foregoing; is a valuable, special and unique asset of Employer’s business. In consideration of Employee’s continued employment with Employer, Employee agrees that he will not communicate, disclose, divulge or make available to any person or entity (other than Employer) any Confidential Information that he may know or possess or hereafter come to know or possess as a result of his employment hereunder, except upon the prior written authorization of Employer or as may be required by law or legal process. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Employee of the provisions of this section 8, Employer shall be entitled to an injunction restraining Employee from disclosing, in whole or in part, Employer’s Confidential Information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm corporation, association, or another entity to whom such Confidential Information, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed, it being acknowledged by Employee that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to Employer. Nothing in this section 8 shall be construed as prohibiting Employer from pursuing any other remedies available to Employer for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery from Employee of damages, attorney fees and other costs and expenses incurred by Employer. All memoranda, notes, records or other documents compiled by Employee or made available to Employee during the Term, concerning the business of Employer and its customers, shall be the property of Employer and shall be delivered to Employer on the termination of Employee’s employment as provided herein, or at any other time upon request.

9. TERMINATION.

9.1In addition to the reasons provided in Sections 9.3, 9.4, and 9.5, Employer may terminate Employee’s employment under this Agreement for any reason or no reason upon thirty (30) days written notice to Employee. Employee may terminate Employee’s employment under this Agreement only upon thirty (30) days written notice to Employer.

9.2If Employer terminates Employee’s employment for any reason other than as provided in Section 9.3 and 9.4, Employer shall pay to Employee (i) six months’ salary as provided in Section 3.1; and in the event such termination occurs prior to December 31, 2018, (ii) the monthly pro rata portion of the Bonus for the applicable year and (iii) the monthly pro rata portion of the SPIP award granted in 2018(“Cash Severance”). Such Cash Severance Compensation shall be paid biweekly corresponding with regular payroll dates in the case of the Salary portion and on or before February 28 of the following year in the case of the Bonus and SPIP portion, and such Severance Compensation shall be the sole cash severance benefit payable to Employee by Employer. In addition, the portion of any equity grants awarded to Employee in 2017 and 2018 (up to a maximum of two such grants) that have not vested and represent the monthly pro rata portion of employment served, shall continue to vest in their normal course and in the case of non-qualified stock options, with the same expiration date(s). For example, if Employee is awarded 15,000 shares of performance based restricted stock in each of 2017 and 2018 and is terminated in April, 2020, Employee shall retain 16,500

Exhibit 10.12

restricted shares that shall continue to vest in their normal course (“Equity Severance”). (Cash Severance and Equity Severance, collectively “Severance Compensation”).

9.3If Employee terminates his employment as provided in section 9.1, Employer shall have the option of immediately terminating Employee without any further liability or obligation to Employee, including no obligation to pay Severance Compensation under Section 9.2. However, the Employee may terminate his employment within 30 days of any reduction in salary, bonus opportunity, and/or equity grants, in which case the Severance Compensation in Section 9.2.would apply.

9.4Employer may terminate Employee’s employment under this Agreement for Cause without any obligation of providing advance notice to Employee. For the purposes of this Agreement, Cause shall mean:

9.4.1 Employee’s material breach of this Agreement;

9.4.2 Employee’s misconduct which may reasonably be anticipated to have an adverse effect upon Employer’s business;

9.4.3Employee’s disregard of the lawful instructions of the Board of Directors or Officers of Employer that are consistent with Employee’s position;

9.4.4Employee’s abuse of alcohol or drugs;

9.4.5Employee’s commission of a felony or an act involving fraud, theft or dishonesty;

9.4.6Employee’s intentional furnishing of materially false, or misleading information to the Board of Directors or Officers of Employer, that is detrimental to the Company;

9.4.7Employee’s breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this section 9 of this Agreement; or

9.4.8Employee’s failure or refusal to comply or Employer’s reasonable belief that Employee has failed or refused to comply with Employer’s policies, standards, or regulations as set forth in Employer’s Employee Handbook and other employment policies, a copy of which Employee hereby acknowledges that he has received.

9.5Employer may terminate Employee’s employment under this Agreement in the event of Employee’s death or “disability.” Disability is defined as Employee’s physical or mental disability significant enough to preclude performance of his duties, determined to be (or reasonably expected to be based upon then available medical information) of ninety (90) days’ duration.

10.RESTRICTIVE COVENANT.

10.1Employee hereby acknowledges and recognizes that during the term of his employment with Employer, he will be privy to trade secrets and Confidential Information critical to Employer’s business within certain markets, and that Employer may find it extremely difficult and disruptive to replace the Employee.

10.2Employee hereby further acknowledges that Employer operates swimming pool and irrigation wholesale distribution facilities throughout the United States and other international markets together with the sale of associated products to swimming pool and irrigation contractors.

Exhibit 10.12

10.3In consideration of his employment and continued employment with Employer, training in Employer’s techniques, access to Employer’s Confidential Information, the consideration to be received by Employee hereunder, and the other promises contained herein, and for the purpose of protecting Employer’s customer relationships, goodwill, valuable information and Confidential Information, Employee hereby agrees that he will not, from and after the effective date of this Agreement until the second anniversary of the termination of Employee’s employment with Employer:

10.3.1directly or indirectly carry on or engage in any business or activity similar to that of Employer (such business or activity being hereinafter called a “Competing Business”) in the United States whether in the capacity of an officer, director, owner, employee, agent, partner, affiliate, or other participant in any Competing Business;

10.3.2directly or indirectly solicit any customer of Employer;

10.3.3 assist others in carrying on or engaging in any Competing Business or soliciting any customer of Employer;

10.3.4 induce Employer’s customers as they exist at the time Employee’s employment is terminated to change or alter in any manner their business dealings with Employer.

10.3.5 directly or indirectly contact or cause to be contacted any of Employer’s customers as they exist at the time Employee’s employment is terminated; or

10.3.6 induce other employees of Employer to terminate their employment with Employer or engage in any Competing Business.

10.4Employee acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing restrictions will limit his ability to become employed with a Competing Business, but he nevertheless understands that he has received and will in the future receive sufficient consideration and other benefits as an Employee of Employer and as otherwise provided hereunder to clearly justify such restrictions, which in any event (given his education, skills, and ability) Employee does not believe would prevent him from earning a living.

10.5Employee acknowledges and agrees that compliance with this Restrictive Covenant is necessary to protect the business and good will of Employer and that a violation of this Agreement will cause irreparable injury to Employer. Therefore, Employee agrees that in the event of Employee’s actual or threatened breach of the provisions of this section 10, Employer shall be entitled to obtain an injunction enjoining Employee from committing such actual or threatened breach without having to prove that it has suffered irreparable injury and without posting any bond or other security. Employer shall also be permitted to pursue any other available remedies available for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Employee, and Employee shall reimburse Employer for all reasonable costs associated with the enforcement of this section 10 including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. If a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any provision or restriction in this section 10 is unreasonable or unenforceable, said court shall modify such restriction or provision so that it then becomes an enforceable restriction of the activities of Employee that are competitive with Employer.

Exhibit 10.12

11.NOTICES.

11.1    Any notice, request, or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing. Notice shall be deemed given only if personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Any notice so mailed shall be deemed given on the date received. All such notices shall be given to the respective parties at the addresses designated below, or to such other address as a party may designate in a like manner:

If to Employer:Jennifer Neil

General Counsel

SCP Distributors, LLC

109 Northpark Blvd.

Covington, LA 70433

Copy to:Manuel Perez de la Mesa

Chief Executive Officer

SCP Distributors, LLC

109 Northpark Blvd.

Covington, LA 70433

If to Employee:Peter D. Arvan

Southport, North Carolina

11.2The refusal by a party to accept a notice does not affect the giving of the notice.

12.MISCELLANEOUS.

12.1Entire Agreement: Further Assurances. This Agreement, theBonus, SPIP, LTIP and equity agreements referenced in Article 3 hereof, constitute the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to Employee’s employment as Executive Vice President of Employer and all prior negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral, are merged into this Agreement. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such other documents, agreements or instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably requested by the other party hereto for the implementation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby.

12.2Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or part of a provision of this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be reformed and construed as if such provision had never been contained in it, and any such provision shall be reformed so that it would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted.

12.3Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts collectively shall constitute one document representing the agreement among the parties.

12.4 Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended, discharged, or terminated, or changed orally. Any amendment, discharge, termination, or change to this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by both parties.

Exhibit 10.12

12.5Waiver of Breach. The waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement or the failure of any party to insist upon compliance with any condition hereof shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach; and no waiver shall be valid unless it is in writing and is signed by both parties.

12.6Extension of Noncompete Period. The period of time during which Employee is prohibited from competing with Employer pursuant to section 10 shall be extended by any length of time during which Employee is in breach of any of such covenants.

12.7Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

12.8Survival. The provisions and restrictions contained in sections 8 and 10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.9Attorneys’ Fees and Expenses. In the event a party is required to enforce any of the rights granted under this Agreement, the other party shall be entitled to recover from the breaching party the reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred by the other party as a result of such breach.

12.10 Recitals. All recitals set forth at the outset of this Agreement are incorporated by reference in it and are true.

12.11Full Disclosure. Employee acknowledges that any receipt of restricted stock, stock options and/or loyalty awards from the Employer is conditioned upon the execution of this Agreement. Employer makes no representation, guarantee or promise that any such restricted stock and/or stock options awards may be issued now or in the future. Employee represents and acknowledges that Employee has carefully reviewed all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement, and has been advised of Employee’s right to seek independent legal counsel prior to execution of this Agreement.

12.12 Successors and Assigns; Benefits. This Agreement is a personal contract and the Employee’s rights and obligations hereunder may not be transferred or assigned by the Employee other than by will or the laws of dissent or distribution. The rights and obligations of Employer hereunder shall be binding upon and run in favor of the successors and assigns of Employer, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Employer’s successors and assigns. In the event of any attempted assignment or transfer of rights hereunder by the Employee contrary to the provisions hereof, Employer shall have no further liability for payments hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this Agreement the date first written above.

EMPLOYER	EMPLOYEE
SCP DISTRIBUTORS, LLC.
By: /s/ Manuel J. Perez de la Mesa	By: /s/ Peter D. Arvan
Manuel J. Perez de la Mesa	Peter D. Arvan

EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

List of Subsidiaries

Subsidiary	State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
SCP Distributors LLC	Delaware
Superior Commerce LLC	Delaware
Splash Holdings, Inc.	Delaware
Alliance Trading, Inc.	Delaware
SCP Acquisition Co. LLC	Delaware
Superior Pool Products LLC	Delaware
SCP International, Inc.	Delaware
Pool Development LLC	Delaware
Horizon Distributors, Inc.	Delaware
POOLCORP Financial Inc.	Delaware
POOLCORP Financial Mortgage LLC	Delaware
Poolfx Supply LLC	Delaware
Cypress, Inc.	Nevada
SCP Pool Holdings B.V.	Netherlands
SCP Pool B.V.	Netherlands
SCP (UK) Holdings Limited	United Kingdom
SCP (UK) Limited	United Kingdom
Garden Leisure Products Limited	United Kingdom
The Swimming Pool Warehouse Limited	United Kingdom
Cascade Swimming Pools Limited	United Kingdom
Norcal Pool Supplies Limited	United Kingdom
SCP Pool Portugal LDA	Portugal
SCP Pool Distributors Spain S.L.U.	Spain
SCP Europe SAS	France
SCP France SAS	France
SCP Italy S.r.l.	Italy
SCP Benelux SA	Belgium
SCP Germany GmbH	Germany
SCP Distributors Canada Inc.	Ontario
SCP Mexico S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
Pool Distributors Colombia S.A.S.	Colombia
Pool Systems Pty. Ltd.	Australia

EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-58805, 333-97905, 333-115356, 333-142706, 333-158990 and 333-211205) pertaining to the the SCP Pool Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the SCP Pool Corporation 2002 Long‑Term Incentive Plan, the Pool Corporation 2007 Long‑Term Incentive Plan, and the Pool Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan of our reports dated February 24, 2017, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Pool Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Pool Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2016.

New Orleans, Louisiana

February 24, 2017

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Mark W. Joslin, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pool Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 24, 2017	/s/ MARK W. JOSLIN
	Mark W. Joslin
	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Manuel J. Perez de la Mesa, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pool Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 24, 2017	/s/ MANUEL J. PEREZ DE LA MESA
	Manuel J. Perez de la Mesa
	President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

Certification of CEO and CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pool Corporation (the “Company”) for the period ending December 31, 2016 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Manuel J. Perez de la Mesa, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Mark W. Joslin, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: February 24, 2017

/s/ MANUEL J. PEREZ DE LA MESA

Manuel J. Perez de la Mesa

President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ MARK W. JOSLIN

Mark W. Joslin

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

XML

Document And Entity Information - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Feb. 20, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016
Document and Entity Information Abstract [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	POOL CORP
Entity Central Index Key	0000945841
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 3,780,739,528
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		41,156,023
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2016
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2016

XML

Consolidated Statements of Income - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Net sales	$ 2,570,803	$ 2,363,139	$ 2,246,562
Cost of sales	1,829,716	1,687,495	1,603,222
Gross profit	741,087	675,644	643,340
Selling and administrative expenses	485,228	459,422	454,470
Operating income	255,859	216,222	188,870
Interest and other non-operating expenses, net	(14,481)	(8,072)	(7,485)
Income before income taxes and equity earnings	241,378	208,150	181,385
Provision for income taxes	92,931	80,137	70,559
Equity earnings in unconsolidated investments, net	156	211	204
Net income	148,603	128,224	111,030
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	352	51	(338)
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	$ 148,955	$ 128,275	$ 110,692
Earnings per share:
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 3.56	$ 2.98	$ 2.50
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 3.47	$ 2.90	$ 2.44
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic (in shares)	41,872	43,105	44,281
Diluted (in shares)	42,984	44,254	45,441
Cash dividends declared per common share (in dollars per share)	$ 1.19	$ 1.00	$ 0.85

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Net income	$ 148,603	$ 128,224	$ 111,030
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax [Abstract]
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(1,661)	(9,046)	(6,271)
Change in unrealized gains and losses on interest rate swaps, net of tax	1,312	(1,021)	(303)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	(349)	(10,067)	(6,574)
Comprehensive income	148,254	118,157	104,456
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	378	448	18
Comprehensive income attributable to Pool Corporation	$ 148,632	$ 118,605	$ 104,474

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax [Abstract]
Tax effect of change in unrealized gains and losses on interest rate swaps	$ (839)	$ 653	$ 194

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 21,956	$ 13,237
Receivables, net	61,437	54,173
Receivables pledged under receivables facility	104,714	102,583
Inventory, net	486,116	474,275
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	15,318	11,946
Deferred income taxes	6,016	5,530
Total current assets	695,557	661,744
Property and equipment, net	83,290	69,854
Goodwill	184,795	172,761
Other intangible assets, net	13,326	11,845
Equity interest investments	1,172	1,231
Other assets	15,955	16,926
Total assets	994,095	934,361
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	230,728	246,554
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	64,387	56,591
Short-term borrowings, current portion of long-term debt and current portion of other long-term liabilities	1,105	1,700
Total current liabilities	296,220	304,845
Deferred income taxes	34,475	29,808
Long-term debt, net	436,937	326,345
Other long-term liabilities	18,966	14,955
Total liabilities	786,598	675,953
Redeemable noncontrolling interest	2,287	2,665
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock	41	43
Additional paid-in capital	403,162	374,138
Retained deficit	(183,915)	(104,709)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(14,078)	(13,729)
Total stockholders' equity	205,210	255,743
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 994,095	$ 934,361

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) - $ / shares	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, authorized (in shares)	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common stock, shares issued (in shares)	41,089,720	42,711,016
Common stock, outstanding (in shares)	41,089,720	42,711,016

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Operating activities
Net income	$ 148,603	$ 128,224	$ 111,030
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	20,338	16,373	14,495
Amortization	1,639	1,015	1,387
Share-based compensation	9,902	9,543	9,065
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation	(7,370)	(7,706)	(5,524)
Provision for doubtful accounts receivable, net of write-offs	(155)	197	(539)
Provision for inventory obsolescence, net of write-offs	(448)	576	(687)
Provision for deferred income taxes	3,749	4,198	6,986
(Gains) losses on sale of property and equipment	(320)	230	179
Equity earnings in unconsolidated investments, net	(156)	(211)	(204)
Net losses on foreign currency transactions	679	774	277
Impairment of goodwill and other non-operating assets	4,113	500	0
Other	923	(869)	206
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
Receivables	(5,666)	(16,656)	(12,751)
Product inventories	(8,050)	(10,848)	(30,409)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(3,077)	(434)	(2,265)
Accounts payable	(17,896)	9,956	20,090
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	18,570	11,188	10,479
Net cash provided by operating activities	165,378	146,050	121,815
Investing activities
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired	(19,730)	(4,483)	(10,648)
Purchases of property and equipment, net of sale proceeds	(34,352)	(29,095)	(17,328)
Payments to fund credit agreement	(5,322)	(8,860)	0
Collections from credit agreement	3,737	4,557	0
Other investments, net	24	88	165
Net cash used in investing activities	(55,643)	(37,793)	(27,811)
Financing activities
Proceeds from revolving line of credit	1,154,090	911,712	820,720
Payments on revolving line of credit	(1,072,557)	(890,406)	(763,429)
Proceeds from asset-backed financing	155,000	143,400	121,600
Payments on asset-backed financing	(126,500)	(156,000)	(106,000)
Proceeds from short-term borrowings, long-term debt and other long-term liabilities	18,442	8,119	3,607
Payments on short-term borrowings, long-term debt and other long-term liabilities	(19,037)	(7,948)	(3,075)
Payments of deferred financing costs	(69)	(320)	(394)
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation	7,370	7,706	5,524
Proceeds from stock issued under share-based compensation plans	11,752	18,269	13,530
Payments of cash dividends	(49,749)	(43,117)	(37,600)
Purchases of treasury stock	(178,414)	(99,219)	(136,466)
Net cash used in financing activities	(99,672)	(107,804)	(81,983)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(1,344)	(2,046)	(5,197)
Change in cash and cash equivalents	8,719	(1,593)	6,824
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	13,237	14,830	8,006
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$ 21,956	$ 13,237	$ 14,830

XML

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Total	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Retained Deficit [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2013		45,379,000
Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	$ 286,182	$ 45	$ 310,503	$ (27,278)	$ 2,912
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	110,692	0	0	110,692	0
Foreign currency translation	(6,271)	0	0	0	(6,271)
Interest rate swaps, net of tax	(303)	$ 0	0	0	(303)
Repurchases of common stock, net of retirements (in shares)		(2,421,000)
Repurchases of common stock, net of retirements	(136,466)	$ (2)	0	(136,464)	0
Share-based compensation	9,065	$ 0	9,065		0
Issuance of shares under incentive stock plans (in shares)		553,000
Issuance of shares under incentive stock plans, including tax benefit	19,053	$ 1	19,052	0	0
Declaration of cash dividends	(37,600)	$ 0	0	(37,600)	0
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2014		43,511,000
Balance at Dec. 31, 2014	244,352	$ 44	338,620	(90,650)	(3,662)
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	128,275	0	0	128,275	0
Foreign currency translation	(9,046)	0	0	0	(9,046)
Interest rate swaps, net of tax	(1,021)	$ 0	0	0	(1,021)
Repurchases of common stock, net of retirements (in shares)		(1,448,000)
Repurchases of common stock, net of retirements	(99,219)	$ (2)	0	(99,217)	0
Share-based compensation	9,543	$ 0	9,543	0	0
Issuance of shares under incentive stock plans (in shares)		648,000
Issuance of shares under incentive stock plans, including tax benefit	25,976	$ 1	25,975	0	0
Declaration of cash dividends	$ (43,117)	$ 0	0	(43,117)	0
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2015	42,711,016	42,711,000
Balance at Dec. 31, 2015	$ 255,743	$ 43	374,138	(104,709)	(13,729)
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	148,955	0	0	148,955	0
Foreign currency translation	(1,661)	0	0	0	(1,661)
Interest rate swaps, net of tax	1,312	$ 0	0	0	1,312
Repurchases of common stock, net of retirements (in shares)		(2,064,000)
Repurchases of common stock, net of retirements	(178,414)	$ (2)	0	(178,412)	0
Share-based compensation	9,902	$ 0	9,902	0	0
Issuance of shares under incentive stock plans (in shares)		443,000
Issuance of shares under incentive stock plans, including tax benefit	19,122	$ 0	19,122	0	0
Declaration of cash dividends	$ (49,749)	$ 0	0	(49,749)	0
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2016	41,089,720	41,090,000
Balance at Dec. 31, 2016	$ 205,210	$ 41	$ 403,162	$ (183,915)	$ (14,078)

XML

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Parenthetical) - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Treasury stock, shares of common stock (in shares)	2,064	1,448	2,421
Retirement of treasury shares (in shares)	(2,064)	(1,448)	(2,421)
Interest rate swap, tax	$ (839)	$ 653	$ 194
Exercise and lapse of share-based awards, tax benefit	$ 7,370	$ 7,706	$ 5,524

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

As of December 31, 2016, Pool Corporation and our subsidiaries (the Company, which may be referred to as we, us or our), operated 344 sales centers in North America, Europe, South America and Australia from which we sell swimming pool equipment, parts and supplies, irrigation and landscape products and hardscape, tile and stone products to pool builders, retail stores, service companies, landscape contractors and golf courses. We distribute products through four networks: SCP Distributors (SCP), Superior Pool Products (Superior), Horizon Distributors (Horizon) and National Pool Tile (NPT).

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

We prepared the Consolidated Financial Statements following U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The financial statements include all normal and recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Pool Corporation and our subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

All of our subsidiaries are wholly owned with the exception of Pool Systems Pty. Ltd. (PSL), an Australian company. On July 31, 2014, we completed the purchase of a 60% interest in PSL and accounted for this acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting. The purchase constitutes a controlling interest in the acquired company, which requires us to consolidate PSL’s financial position and results of operations from the date of acquisition.

Variable Interest Entity

In February 2015, we entered into a five-year credit agreement with a swimming pool retailer. Under this agreement and the related revolving note, we are the primary lender of operating funds for this entity. The total lending commitment under the credit agreement is $8.5 million, of which $8.4 million was owed as of December 31, 2016. Amounts funded under the credit agreement are recorded within Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and are collateralized by essentially all of the assets of the business. We have a variable interest in this entity; however, we have no decision-making authority over its activities through voting or other rights. Additionally, we have no obligation to absorb any of its losses, nor do we have the right to receive any residual returns, should either occur. We are not considered the primary beneficiary of this variable interest entity, and therefore we are not required to consolidate this entity’s financial statements.

Use of Estimates

In order to prepare financial statements that conform to GAAP, we make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and accompanying notes. Our most significant estimates are those relating to the allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory obsolescence reserves, vendor incentives, income taxes, incentive compensation accruals and goodwill impairment evaluations. We continually review our estimates and make adjustments as necessary, but actual results could be significantly different from what we expected when we made these estimates.

Newly Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Upon adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30) - Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (ASU 2015-03), we now include financing costs, net of accumulated amortization as a component of long-term debt. For comparability across all periods presented on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, we reclassified certain amounts from Other assets, net in 2015 to Long-term debt, net to conform to our 2016 presentation. For additional information related to our deferred financing costs and amounts reclassified, see Note 5.

As required, we adopted ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern (ASU 2014-15), as of December 31, 2016. Based on management’s evaluation, which included forecasting results covering the one-year period following our 2016 Form 10-K filing date, we did not identify any conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Accordingly the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our financial position, results of operations and related disclosures.

Segment Reporting

Since all of our sales centers have similar operations and share similar economic characteristics, we aggregate our sales centers into a single reportable segment. These similarities include (i) the nature of our products and services, (ii) the types of customers we sell to and (iii) the distribution methods we use. Our chief operating decision maker (CODM) evaluates each sales center based on individual performance that includes both financial and operational measures. These measures include operating income growth and accounts receivable and inventory management criteria. Each sales center manager and eligible field employee earns performance-based incentive compensation based on these measures developed at the sales center level.

A bottom-up approach is used to develop the operating budget for each individual sales center. The CODM approves the budget and routinely monitors budget to actual results for each sales center. Additionally, our CODM makes decisions about how to allocate resources primarily on a sales center-by-sales center basis. No single sales center meets any of the quantitative thresholds (10% of revenues, profit or assets) for separately reporting information about an operating segment. We do not track sales by product lines and product categories on a consolidated basis. We lack readily available financial information due to the number of our product lines and product categories and the fact that we make ongoing changes as to how products are classified within these groups, thus making it impracticable to report our sales by product category.

Seasonality and Weather

Our business is highly seasonal and weather is one of the principal external factors affecting our business. In general, sales and net income are highest during the second and third quarters, which represent the peak months of both swimming pool use and installation and landscape installations and maintenance. Sales are substantially lower during the first and fourth quarters, when we may incur net losses.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when four basic criteria are met:

1.   persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

2.   delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;

3.   our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and

4.   collectibility is reasonably assured.

We record revenue when customers take delivery of products. Customers may pick up products at any sales center location, or we may deliver products to their premises or job sites via our trucks or third party carriers. Products shipped via third party carriers are considered delivered based on the shipping terms, which are generally FOB shipping point. We include shipping and handling fees billed to customers as freight out income within net sales.

We offer volume incentives to some of our customers and we account for these incentives as an adjustment to sales. We estimate the amount of volume incentives earned based on our estimate of cumulative sales for the fiscal year relative to our customers’ progress toward achieving minimum purchase requirements. We record customer returns, including those associated with early buy programs, as an adjustment to sales. Based on available information related to our customers’ returns, we record an allowance for estimated returns, which historically has not been material. Other items that we record as adjustments to sales include cash discounts, pricing adjustments and credit card fees related to customer payments.

We also report sales net of tax amounts that we collect from our customers and remit to governmental authorities. These tax amounts may include, but are not limited to, sales, use, value added and some excise taxes.

We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09) and subsequent amendments issued to provide clarifications on the new guidance. We expect to apply the guidance using the cumulative-effect transition method. Based on our analysis performed to date, we do not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations but will result in additional disclosures regarding our revenue recognition policies. ASU 2014-09 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, which for us will be in the period beginning January 1, 2018.

Vendor Programs

Many of our arrangements with our vendors provide for us to receive specified amounts of consideration when we achieve any of a number of measures. These measures are generally related to the volume level of purchases from our vendors and may include negotiated pricing arrangements. We account for vendor programs as vendor incentives, and accordingly as a reduction of the prices of the vendors’ products and therefore as a reduction of inventory until we sell the products, at which time such incentives are recognized as a reduction of Cost of sales on our Consolidated Statements of Income.

Throughout the year, we estimate the amount earned based on our estimate of total purchases for the fiscal year relative to the purchase levels that mark our progress toward earning each program. We accrue vendor incentives on a monthly basis using these estimates, provided that we determine they are probable and reasonably estimable. We continually revise these estimates to reflect actual credits earned based on actual purchase levels and trends related to sales and purchasing mix. When we make adjustments to our estimates, we determine whether any portion of the adjustment impacts the amount of vendor incentives that are deferred in inventory. We recognize changes in our estimates as a cumulative catch-up adjustment to the amounts recognized to date in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Shipping and Handling Costs

We record shipping and handling costs associated with inbound freight as cost of sales. The table below presents shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight, which we include in selling and administrative expenses (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	39,879	$	36,783	$	38,674

Share-Based Compensation

We record share-based compensation for stock options and other share-based awards based on the estimated fair value as measured on the grant date. For stock option awards, we use a Black-Scholes model for estimating the grant date fair value. For additional discussion of share-based compensation, see Note 6.

Advertising Costs

We expense advertising costs when incurred. The table below presents advertising expense for the past three years (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	7,011	$	7,127	$	6,894

Income Taxes

We record deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities using currently enacted rates and laws that will be in effect when we expect the differences to reverse. Due to changing tax laws and state income tax rates, significant judgment is required to estimate the effective tax rate expected to apply to tax differences that are expected to reverse in the future.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying amounts of net deferred tax assets if there is uncertainty regarding their future realization. We consider many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization including our recent cumulative earnings experience by taxing jurisdiction, expectations of future taxable income, the carryforward periods available to us for tax reporting purposes and other relevant factors. For additional discussion of income taxes, see Note 7.

Equity Method Investments

We account for our 50% investment in Northpark Corporate Center, LLC (NCC) using the equity method of accounting. Accordingly, we report our share of income or loss based on our ownership interest in this investment.

Earnings Per Share

We calculate basic earnings per share by dividing Net income or loss attributable to Pool Corporation by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. We include outstanding unvested restricted stock awards of our common stock in the basic weighted average share calculation. Diluted earnings per share includes the dilutive effects of other share-based awards. For additional discussion of earnings per share, see Note 8.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of each of our foreign subsidiaries is its applicable local currency. We translate our foreign subsidiary financial statements into U.S. dollars based on published exchange rates. We include these translation adjustments as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We include realized transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations in Interest and other non-operating expenses, net on the Consolidated Statements of Income. We realized net foreign currency transaction losses of $0.7 million in 2016, $0.8 million in 2015 and $0.3 million in 2014.

Fair Value Measurements

Our assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the unrealized gains or losses on our interest rate swap contracts and contingent consideration related to recent acquisitions. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under the accounting guidance are described below:

Level 1 Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 Inputs to the valuation methodology include:

• quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

• quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;

• inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; or

• inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The table below presents the estimated fair values of our interest rate swap contracts, our forward-starting interest rate swap contract and our contingent consideration liabilities (in thousands):

	Fair Value at December 31,
	2016		2015
Level 2
Unrealized gains on interest rate swaps	$	1,521	$	—
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps	3,138		3,295
Level 3
Contingent consideration liabilities	$	1,611	$	806

We include unrealized gains in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and unrealized losses in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For determining the fair value of our interest rate swap and forward-starting interest rate swap contracts, we use significant other observable market data or assumptions (Level 2 inputs as defined in the accounting guidance) that we believe market participants would use in pricing similar assets or liabilities, including assumptions about counterparty risk.  Our fair value estimates reflect an income approach based on the terms of the interest rate swap contracts and inputs corroborated by observable market data including interest rate curves.

As of December 31, 2016, our Consolidated Balance Sheets reflect $0.2 million in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and $1.4 million in Other long-term liabilities for contingent consideration related to future payouts for our acquisitions of The Melton Corporation and Metro Irrigation Supply Company Ltd. In determining our original estimates for contingent consideration, which are based on a percentage of gross profit for certain products for The Melton Corporation and a multiple of gross profit for Metro Irrigation Supply Company Ltd., we applied a linear model using our best estimate of gross profit projections for fiscal years 2016 to 2020 (Level 3 inputs as defined in the accounting guidance). The maximum total payout for Metro Irrigation Supply Company Ltd. over this time period is $1.0 million. Since the acquisition dates, we have recorded minimal adjustments to our original estimates based on the calculated 2017 payouts related to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. Adjustments to the fair value of contingent consideration are recognized in earnings in the period in which we determine that the fair value changed. We have determined that the contingent consideration liability was in a range of acceptable estimates as of December 31, 2016.

The carrying values of cash, receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short maturity of those instruments (Level 1 inputs). For the note receivable with our variable interest entity, our determination of the estimated fair value reflects a discounted cash flow model using our estimates, including assumptions related to collectibility (Level 3 inputs). In 2016, we recorded $3.5 million of fair value adjustments to reduce the note receivable to an amount that was based on the results of our discounted cash flow model for expected payments under the note receivable. The carrying value of this note receivable, including adjustments, approximates fair value. The carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value.  Our determination of the estimated fair value reflects a discounted cash flow model using our estimates, including assumptions related to borrowing rates (Level 3 inputs).

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

We have designated our interest rate swap and forward-starting interest rate swap contracts as cash flow hedges, and we assess hedge effectiveness on a quarterly basis. To the extent that these hedges are effective, we record the changes in the estimated fair value of the swaps to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recorded as a component of Interest and other non-operating expenses, net on our Consolidated Statements of Income. We recognize any differences between the variable interest rate payments and the fixed interest rate settlements from our swap counterparties as an adjustment to interest expense over the life of the swaps.

Our interest rate swap and forward-starting interest rate swap contracts are subject to master netting arrangements. According to our accounting policy, we do not offset the fair values of assets with the fair values of liabilities related to these contracts.

For our interest rate swap contracts currently in effect, a portion of the change in the estimated fair value between periods relates to future interest expense. Recognition of the change in fair value between periods attributable to accrued interest is reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to Interest and other non-operating expenses, net on the Consolidated Statements of Income. These amounts were not material in 2016, 2015 or 2014. In October 2016 we began reclassifying the fair values related to our original forward-starting swaps from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to Interest and other non-operating expenses, net. These unrealized losses will be amortized over the effective period of the original forward-starting interest rate swap contracts from October 2016 to September 2018. For additional discussion of our interest rate swaps, see Note 5.

Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

Credit Risk and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We record trade receivables at the invoiced amounts less an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses we may incur if customers do not pay. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and we typically do not require collateral. Consistent with industry practices, we generally require payment from our North American customers within 30 days, except for sales under early buy programs for which we provide extended payment terms to qualified customers.

At the end of each quarter, we perform a reserve analysis of all accounts with balances greater than $20,000 and more than 60 days past due. Additionally, we perform a separate reserve analysis on the balance of our accounts receivables with emphasis on the remainder of the past due portion of the aging. During the year, we write off account balances when we have exhausted reasonable collection efforts and determined that the likelihood of collection is remote. These write-offs are charged against our allowance for doubtful accounts.

The following table summarizes the changes in our allowance for doubtful accounts for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016			2015			2014
Balance at beginning of year	$	4,205		$	4,008		$	4,547
Bad debt expense	1,199			1,110			1,167
Write-offs, net of recoveries	(1,354		)	(913		)	(1,706		)
Balance at end of year	$	4,050		$	4,205		$	4,008

Product Inventories and Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence

Product inventories consist primarily of goods we purchase from manufacturers to sell to our customers. We record inventory at the lower of cost, using the average cost method, or market. We establish our reserve for inventory obsolescence based on inventory turns by class with particular emphasis on stock keeping units with the weakest sales over the previous 12 months (or 36 months for tile and 48 months for parts products). The reserve is intended to reflect the net realizable value of inventory that we may not be able to sell at a profit.

In evaluating the adequacy of our reserve for inventory obsolescence, we consider a combination of factors including:

• the level of inventory in relation to historical sales by product, including inventory usage by class based on product sales at both the sales center and on a company-wide basis;

• changes in customer preferences or regulatory requirements;

• seasonal fluctuations in inventory levels;

• geographic location; and

• superseded products and new product offerings.

We periodically adjust our reserve for inventory obsolescence as changes occur in the above-identified factors.

The following table summarizes the changes in our reserve for inventory obsolescence for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016			2015			2014
Balance at beginning of year	$	6,979		$	6,403		$	7,103
Provision for inventory write-downs	2,036			3,043			1,535
Deduction for inventory write-offs	(2,484		)	(2,467		)	(2,235		)
Balance at end of year	$	6,531		$	6,979		$	6,403

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. We depreciate property and equipment on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings	40 years
Leasehold improvements (1)	1 - 10 years
Autos and trucks	3 - 6 years
Machinery and equipment	3 - 15 years
Computer equipment	3 - 7 years
Furniture and fixtures	5 - 10 years

⁽¹⁾  For substantial improvements made near the end of a lease term where we are reasonably certain the lease will be renewed, we amortize the leasehold improvement over the remaining life of the lease including the expected renewal period.

The table below presents depreciation expense for the past three years (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	20,338	$	16,373	$	14,495

Acquisitions

We use the acquisition method of accounting and recognize assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value as of the acquisition date. Any contingent assets acquired and contingent liabilities assumed are also recognized at fair value if we can reasonably estimate fair value during the measurement period (which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date). We remeasure any contingent liabilities at fair value in each subsequent reporting period. We expense all acquisition-related costs as incurred, including any restructuring costs associated with a business combination.

If our initial acquisition accounting is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which a business combination occurs, we report provisional amounts for incomplete items. Once we obtain information required to finalize the accounting for incomplete items, we retrospectively adjust the provisional amounts recognized as of the acquisition date. We make adjustments to these provisional amounts during the measurement period.

For all acquisitions, we include the results of operations in our Consolidated Financial Statements as of the acquisition date. For additional discussion of acquisitions, see Note 2.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the amount we paid to acquire a company over the estimated fair value of tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed. We test goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually as of October 1st and at any other time when impairment indicators exist.

We estimate fair value based on an income approach that incorporates our assumptions for determining the present value of future cash flows.  We project future cash flows using management’s assumptions for sales growth rates, operating margins, discount rates and multiples. These assumptions are considered unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs as defined in the accounting guidance). If the estimated fair value of any of our reporting units falls below its carrying value, we compare the estimated fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its estimated fair value, we recognize the difference as an impairment loss in operating income. Since we define an operating segment as an individual sales center and we do not have operations below the sales center level, our reporting unit is an individual sales center. For additional discussion of goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 3.

Receivables Securitization Facility

Our accounts receivable securitization facility (the Receivables Facility) provides for the sale of certain of our receivables to a wholly owned subsidiary (the Securitization Subsidiary). The Securitization Subsidiary transfers variable undivided percentage interests in the receivables and related rights to certain third party financial institutions in exchange for cash proceeds, limited to the applicable funding capacities.

We account for the sale of the receivable interests as a secured borrowing on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The receivables subject to the agreement collateralize the cash proceeds received from the third party financial institutions. We classify the entire outstanding balance as Long-term debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as we intend and have the ability to refinance the obligations on a long‑term basis. We present the receivables that collateralize the cash proceeds separately as Receivables pledged under receivables facility on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. For additional discussion of the Receivables Facility, see Note 5.

Self Insurance

We are self-insured for employee health benefits, workers’ compensation coverage, property and casualty, and automobile insurance. To limit our exposure, we also maintain excess and aggregate liability coverage. We establish self‑insurance reserves based on estimates of claims incurred but not reported and information that we obtain from third-party service providers regarding known claims. Our management reviews these reserves based on consideration of various factors, including but not limited to the age of existing claims, estimated settlement amounts and other historical claims data.

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest

In July 2014, we purchased a controlling interest in PSL. Included in the transaction documents is a put/call option deed that grants us an option to purchase the shares held by the noncontrolling interest, and grants the holder of the noncontrolling interest an option to require us to purchase its shares in one or two transactions. The put/call option deed in this transaction is considered an equity contract and therefore a financial instrument under the accounting guidance. In applying the guidance for this transaction, we have determined that the financial instrument is embedded in the noncontrolling interest. As a public company, we are required to classify the noncontrolling interest and the embedded financial instrument as redeemable noncontrolling interest in a separate section of our Consolidated Balance Sheets, between liabilities and equity.

At the end of each period, we record the portion of comprehensive income or loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest to Redeemable noncontrolling interest to determine the carrying amount. We are required to compare the carrying amount to our estimated redemption value at the end of each reporting period. The redemption value is based on a multiple of a PSL earnings measure for a specified time period. To the extent that the estimated redemption value exceeds the carrying amount, we would record an adjustment to Redeemable noncontrolling interest. We did not record such an adjustment in 2016, 2015 or 2014.

The table below presents the changes in Redeemable noncontrolling interest (in thousands):

	2016			2015			2014
Redeemable noncontrolling interest, beginning of period	$	2,665		$	3,113		$	—
Acquisition date value	—			—			3,131
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest	(352		)	(51		)	338
Other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	(26		)	(397		)	(356		)
Redeemable noncontrolling interest, end of period	$	2,287		$	2,665		$	3,113

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The table below presents the components of our Accumulated other comprehensive loss balance (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	(13,024	)	$	(11,362	)
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net of tax	(1,054		)	(2,367		)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(14,078	)	$	(13,729	)

Retained Deficit

We account for the retirement of treasury share repurchases as an increase of our Retained deficit on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  As of December 31, 2016, the retained deficit reflects cumulative net income, the cumulative impact of adjustments for changes in accounting pronouncements, treasury share retirements since the inception of our share repurchase programs of $1,093.3 million and cumulative dividends declared of $367.7 million.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

The following table presents supplemental disclosures to the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	8,052	$	6,316	$	6,481
Income taxes, net of refunds	80,378		65,668		58,405

XML

Acquisitions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Acquisitions

Acquisitions

2016 Acquisitions

In April 2016, we acquired the distribution assets of Metro Irrigation Supply Company Ltd., an irrigation and landscape supply company with eight locations in Texas.

We have completed our acquisition accounting for this acquisition, subject to adjustments for standard holdback provisions per the terms of the purchase agreement, which are not material. This acquisition did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

2015 Acquisitions

In November 2015, we acquired the distribution assets of The Melton Corporation, a masonry materials and supplies distributor with one sales center location in California and one sales center location in Arizona. In October 2015, we acquired the distribution assets of Seaboard Industries, Inc., a swimming pool supply wholesale distributor with one sales center location in Connecticut and two sales center locations in New Jersey. In April 2015, we acquired certain distribution assets from Poolwerx Development LLC and opened a satellite sales center location serving South Mesa, Arizona.

In 2016, we completed the acquisition accounting for each of our 2015 acquisitions. These acquisitions did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations, either individually or in the aggregate

2014 Acquisitions

In February 2014, we acquired certain distribution assets of Atlantic Chemical & Aquatics Inc., a regional swimming pool products distributor based in Nova Scotia with two sales center locations serving the Maritime Provinces of Canada. In March 2014, we acquired certain distribution assets of DFW Stone Supply, LLC, a distributor of natural stone and rock products and masonry supplies with two sales center locations in the Dallas, Texas metropolitan area. In July 2014, we purchased a 60% controlling interest in PSL, a distributor of swimming pool and spa equipment, accessories and leisure products, with one sales center located in Brisbane, Australia. As part of this transaction, PSL acquired Niagara Pool Supplies (Niagara), a distributor of pool products, with two sales centers in New South Wales, Australia. In December 2014, we acquired certain distribution assets of St. Louis Hardscape Material & Supply, LLC, a hardscape and landscaping materials supplier with one location in St. Louis, Missouri. Because this acquisition was completed on December 31, 2014, we have included the results of this acquired company beginning January 1, 2015.

In 2015, we completed the acquisition accounting for each of our 2014 acquisitions. These acquisitions did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations, either individually or in the aggregate.

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The table below presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and our accumulated impairment losses (in thousands):

Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2014	$	183,190
Acquired goodwill	1,149
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(2,312		)
Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2015	182,027
Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2014	(9,266		)
Goodwill impairment	—
Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2015	(9,266		)
Goodwill (net) at December 31, 2015	$	172,761
Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2015	$	182,027
Acquired goodwill	12,696
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(49		)
Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2016	194,674
Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2015	(9,266		)
Goodwill impairment	(613		)
Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2016	(9,879		)
Goodwill (net) at December 31, 2016	$	184,795

In the third quarter of 2016, we performed an interim goodwill impairment analysis for an at-risk reporting unit in Quebec, Canada. We have been monitoring this location’s results, which came in below expectations at the end of the 2016 pool season. Due to this impairment indicator, we performed an interim goodwill impairment analysis. We estimated the fair value of this reporting unit based on an income approach that incorporates our assumptions for determining the present value of future cash flows.  We projected future cash flows using management’s assumptions for sales growth rates, operating margins, discount rates and multiples. Because the carrying value of this reporting unit’s goodwill exceeded its estimated fair value, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge in Selling and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

In October 2016 and October 2015, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test and did not identify any goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level. As of October 1, 2016, we had 222 reporting units with allocated goodwill balances.  The highest goodwill balance was $5.7 million and the average goodwill balance was $0.8 million.

Other intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Horizon tradename (indefinite life)	$	8,400		$	8,400
Pool Systems tradename and trademarks (indefinite lives)	1,023			1,040
National Pool Tile (NPT) tradename (20 year life)	1,500			1,500
Non-compete agreements (5 year weighted average useful life)	4,396			1,953
Patents (5 year weighted average useful life)	483			492
Other intangible assets	15,802			13,385
Less: Accumulated amortization	(2,476		)	(1,540		)
Other intangible assets, net	$	13,326		$	11,845

The Horizon and Pool Systems tradenames and trademarks have indefinite useful lives and are not subject to amortization.  However, we evaluate the useful lives of these intangible assets and test for impairment annually.  The NPT tradename, our non-compete agreements and our patents have finite useful lives and we amortize the estimated fair value of these agreements using the straight-line method over their respective useful lives. We have not identified any indicators of impairment related to these assets. The useful lives for our non-compete agreements are based on their contractual terms, and the useful lives for our patents are based on expected future cash flows. We recognize expenses related to patent renewal costs as incurred.

Other intangible amortization expense was $1.0 million in 2016, $0.4 million in 2015 and $0.8 million in 2014.

The table below presents estimated amortization expense for other intangible assets for the next five years (in thousands):

2017	$	888
2018	886
2019	747
2020	700
2021	219

XML

Details of Certain Balance Sheet Accounts

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]

Details of Certain Balance Sheet Accounts

Details of Certain Balance Sheet Accounts

The table below presents additional information regarding certain balance sheet accounts (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Receivables, net:
Trade accounts	$	18,533		$	17,835
Vendor programs	44,842			38,444
Other, net	2,112			2,099
Total receivables	65,487			58,378
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts	(4,050		)	(4,205		)
Receivables, net	$	61,437		$	54,173
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
Prepaid expenses	$	13,584		$	11,919
Other current assets	1,734			27
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	15,318		$	11,946
Property and equipment, net:
Land	$	1,685		$	1,925
Buildings	2,465			2,465
Leasehold improvements	38,348			33,518
Autos and trucks	53,371			35,832
Machinery and equipment	45,535			39,518
Computer equipment	39,251			39,271
Furniture and fixtures	9,951			9,164
Fixed assets in progress	2,065			6,173
Total property and equipment	192,671			167,866
Less: Accumulated depreciation	(109,381		)	(98,012		)
Property and equipment, net	$	83,290		$	69,854
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:
Salaries and payroll deductions	$	8,878		$	6,433
Performance-based compensation	32,226			29,090
Taxes payable	8,424			8,889
Other current liabilities	14,859			12,179
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	64,387		$	56,591

XML

Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Debt

Debt

The table below presents the components of our debt as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016		2015
Variable rate debt
Current portion of long-term debt:
Australian Seasonal Credit Facility (described below)	$	1,105	$	1,700
Long-term portion:
Revolving Credit Facility (described below)	354,549		273,015
Receivables Securitization Facility (described below)	83,500		55,000
Less: financing costs, net	1,112		1,670
Long-term debt, net	$	436,937	$	326,345
Total debt	$	438,042	$	328,045

Revolving Credit Facility

On November 20, 2014, we, along with our wholly owned subsidiaries, SCP Distributors Canada Inc., as the Canadian Borrower, and SCP Pool B.V., as the Dutch Borrower, executed an amendment to our unsecured syndicated senior credit facility (the Credit Facility). The Credit Facility borrowing capacity remains $465.0 million under a five-year revolving credit facility. On November 20, 2015, we extended the maturity date of the agreement to November 20, 2020.

The Credit Facility includes sublimits for the issuance of swingline loans and standby letters of credit. Pursuant to an accordion feature, the aggregate maximum principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Facility may be increased at our request and with agreement by the lenders by up to $75.0 million, to a total of $540.0 million.  

Our obligations under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by substantially all of our existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries.  The Credit Facility contains terms and provisions (including representations, covenants and conditions) and events of default customary for transactions of this type.  If we default under the Credit Facility, the lenders may terminate their commitments under the Credit Facility and may require us to repay all amounts.

At December 31, 2016, there was $354.5 million outstanding and $110.5 million available for borrowing, subject to a $4.0 million standby letter of credit outstanding under the Credit Facility.  The weighted average effective interest rate for the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2016 was approximately 2.6%, excluding commitment fees.

Revolving borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest, at our option, at either of the following and, in each case, plus an applicable margin:

a. a base rate, which is the highest of (i) the Wells Fargo Bank, National Association prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.500% and (iii) the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) Market Index Rate plus 1.000%; or

b. LIBOR.

Borrowings by the Canadian Borrower bear interest, at the Canadian Borrower’s option, at either of the following and, in each case, plus an applicable margin:

a. a base rate, which is the greatest of (i) the Canadian Reference Bank prime rate and (ii) the annual rate of interest equal to the sum of the Canadian Dealer Offered Rate (CDOR) plus 1.000%; or

b. CDOR.

Borrowings by the Dutch Borrower bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin.

The interest rate margins on the borrowings and letters of credit are based on our leverage ratio and will range from 1.150% to 1.650% on CDOR, LIBOR and swingline loans, and from 0.150% to 0.650% on Base Rate and Canadian Base Rate loans.   Borrowings under the swingline loans are based on the LIBOR Market Index Rate (LMIR) plus any applicable margin.  We are also required to pay an annual facility fee ranging from 0.100% to 0.225%, depending on our leverage ratio.

Receivables Securitization Facility

On October 28, 2016, we and certain of our subsidiaries entered into an amendment of our two-year accounts receivable securitization facility (the Receivables Facility). As amended, the Receivables Facility has a peak seasonal funding capacity of up to $220.0 million between May 1 and June 30, which includes an additional seasonal funding capacity that is available between March 1 and July 31. Other funding capacities range from $65.0 million to $150.0 million throughout the remaining months of the year.

The Receivables Facility provides for the sale of certain of our receivables to a wholly owned subsidiary (the Securitization Subsidiary). The Securitization Subsidiary transfers variable undivided percentage interests in the receivables and related rights to certain third party financial institutions in exchange for cash proceeds, limited to the applicable funding capacities. Upon payment of the receivables by customers, rather than remitting to the financial institutions the amounts collected, we retain such collections as proceeds for the sale of new receivables until payments become due to the financial institutions.

The Receivables Facility is subject to terms and conditions (including representations, covenants and conditions precedent) customary for transactions of this type. Failure to maintain certain ratios or meet certain of these covenants could trigger an amortization event.

At December 31, 2016, there was $83.5 million outstanding under the Receivables Facility at a weighted average effective interest rate of 1.5%, excluding commitment fees.

Depending on the funding source used by the financial institutions to purchase the receivables, amounts outstanding under the Receivables Facility bear interest at one of the following and, in each case, plus an applicable margin of 0.75%:

a. for financial institutions using the commercial paper market, commercial paper rates based on the applicable variable rates in the commercial paper market at the time of issuance; or

b. for financial institutions not using the commercial paper market, LMIR.

We also pay an unused fee of 0.35% on the excess of the facility limit over the average daily capital outstanding. We pay this fee monthly in arrears.

Australian Seasonal Credit Facility

PSL utilizes the Australian Seasonal Credit Facility to supplement working capital needs during its peak season, which runs from July to March.  The arrangement provides a borrowing capacity of AU$3.0 million, and any amounts outstanding must be repaid by April 1.

Cash Pooling Arrangement

Certain of our foreign subsidiaries entered into a cash pooling arrangement with a financial institution for cash management purposes. This arrangement allows the participating subsidiaries to withdraw cash from the financial institution to the extent that aggregate cash deposits held by these subsidiaries are available at the financial institution. To the extent the participating subsidiaries are in an overdraft position, such overdrafts are recorded as short-term borrowings under a committed cash overdraft facility. These borrowings bear interest at a variable rate based on 3-month Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR), plus a fixed margin. We also pay a commitment fee on the borrowing capacity of €10.0 million. This fee is paid annually in advance. As of December 31, 2016, there were no amounts outstanding under the overdraft facility.

Interest Rate Swaps

In 2016, we had five interest rate swap contracts in place to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on the Credit Facility.  Each of these swap contracts terminated on October 19, 2016.  These swaps converted the variable interest rates to fixed interest rates on borrowings under the Credit Facility. For these interest rate swaps, we recognized no gains or losses through income, nor was there any effect on income from hedge ineffectiveness over the term of these swap contracts. The following table provides additional details related to each of these swap contracts:

Derivative	Effective Date	Notional Amount (in millions)		Fixed Interest Rate
Interest rate swap 1	November 21, 2011	$	25.0	1.185	%
Interest rate swap 2	November 21, 2011	25.0		1.185	%
Interest rate swap 3	December 21, 2011	50.0		1.100	%
Interest rate swap 4	January 17, 2012	25.0		1.050	%
Interest rate swap 5	January 19, 2012	25.0		0.990	%

We currently have three interest rate swap contracts in place, which became effective on October 19, 2016. These swaps were previously forward-starting contracts that were amended in October 2015. These swaps were amended to bring the fixed rates per our forward-starting contracts in line with current market rates and extend the hedged period for future interest payments on our Credit Facility following the October 19, 2016 termination date of the swap contracts described above. Concurrent with this amendment of these contracts, we de-designated the original hedge arrangements and designated the amended forward-starting interest rate swap contracts as cash flow hedges. As amended, these swap contracts terminate on November 20, 2019.

In 2015, we recognized a benefit as a result of our determination of ineffectiveness for the period. In the first quarter of 2016, these forward-starting interest rate swaps were deemed highly effective, and the benefit previously recognized was reversed, resulting in $0.6 million in expense. There was no benefit or expense recognized in the second and third quarters of 2016 as these swaps continued to be highly effective for the periods. In the fourth quarter of 2016, we recognized a benefit of $0.5 million as a result of minimal ineffectiveness for that period. These amounts were recorded in Interest and other non-operating expenses, net on our Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table provides additional details related to each of these amended swap contracts:

Derivative	Amendment Date	Notional Amount (in millions)		Fixed Interest Rate
Interest rate swap 6	October 1, 2015	$	75.0	2.273	%
Interest rate swap 7	October 1, 2015	25.0		2.111	%
Interest rate swap 8	October 1, 2015	50.0		2.111	%

To account for the de-designation of the original forward-starting swaps, we were required to freeze the amounts related to the changes in the fair values of these swaps, which are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). These unrealized losses, which total $3.7 million, are being amortized over the effective period of the original forward-starting interest rate swap contracts from October 2016 to September 2018. In the fourth quarter of 2016, we recorded expense of $0.4 million as amortization of the unrealized loss in Interest and other non-operating expenses, net.

In July 2016 we entered into a new forward-starting interest rate swap contract to extend the hedged period for future interest payments on our Credit Facility to its maturity date. This swap contract will convert the variable interest rate to a fixed interest rate on borrowings under the Credit Facility. This contract becomes effective on November 20, 2019 and terminates on November 20, 2020. The following table provides additional details related to this new swap contract:

Derivative	Inception Date	Notional Amount (in millions)		Fixed Interest Rate
Forward-starting interest rate swap	July 6, 2016	$	150.0	1.1425	%

The net difference between interest paid and interest received related to our swap agreements resulted in incremental interest expense of $1.3 million in 2016, $1.4 million in 2015 and $1.4 million in 2014. 

Failure of our swap counterparties would result in the loss of any potential benefit to us under our swap agreements. In this case, we would still be obligated to pay the variable interest payments underlying our debt agreements.  Additionally, failure of our swap counterparties would not eliminate our obligation to continue to make payments under our existing swap agreements if we continue to be in a net pay position.

Financial and Other Covenants

Financial covenants on the Credit Facility and Receivables Facility are closely aligned and include a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and maintenance of a maximum average total leverage ratio, which are our most restrictive covenants. The Credit Facility also limits the declaration and payment of dividends on our common stock to no more than 50% of the preceding year’s Net Income (as defined in the Credit Facility), provided no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the payment of dividends. Additionally, we may declare and pay quarterly dividends notwithstanding that the aggregate amount of dividends paid would be in excess of the 50% limit described above so long as (i) the amount per share of such dividends does not exceed the amount per share paid during the most recent fiscal year in which we were in compliance with the 50% limit and (ii) our Average Total Leverage Ratio is less than 3.00 to 1.00 both immediately before and after giving pro forma effect to such dividends. Further, dividends must be declared and paid in a manner consistent with our past practice.

Under the Credit Facility, we may repurchase shares of our common stock provided no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the repurchase of shares, and our maximum average total leverage ratio (determined on a pro forma basis) is less than 2.50 to 1.00. Other covenants include restrictions on our ability to grant liens, incur indebtedness, make investments, merge or consolidate, and sell or transfer assets.  Failure to comply with any of our financial covenants or any other terms of the Credit Facility could result in penalty payments, higher interest rates on our borrowings or the acceleration of the maturities of our outstanding debt.

As of December 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants and financial ratio requirements related to the Credit Facility and the Receivables Facility.

Deferred Financing Costs

We capitalize financing costs we incur related to implementing and amending our debt arrangements. Upon adoption of ASU 2015-03, we now record these costs as a component of Long-term debt, net on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and continue to amortize them over the contractual life of the related debt arrangement. The table below summarizes changes in deferred financing costs for the past two years (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Deferred financing costs:
Balance at beginning of year	$	4,814		$	4,494
Financing costs deferred	69			320
Balance at end of year	4,883			4,814
Accumulated amortization of deferred financing costs	(3,771		)	(3,144		)
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization	$	1,112		$	1,670

XML

Share-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Share-based Compensation [Abstract]

Share-Based Compensation

Share-Based Compensation

Share-Based Plans

Current Plan

In May 2007, our stockholders approved the 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the 2007 LTIP), which authorizes the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors (the Board) to grant non-qualified stock options and restricted stock awards to employees, directors, consultants or advisors.  The 2007 LTIP replaced the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is discussed below, and the SCP Pool Non-Employee Directors Equity Incentive Plan, which was terminated in 2006 and had no stock options outstanding at December 31, 2016. In May 2016, our stockholders approved an amendment and restatement of the 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Amended 2007 LTIP) and increased the number of shares that may be issued to a total of 9,315,000 shares.  As of December 31, 2016, we had 4,808,577 shares available for future issuance including 1,278,350 shares that may be issued as restricted stock.

Stock options granted under the Amended 2007 LTIP have an exercise price equal to our stock’s closing market price on the grant date and expire ten years from the grant date. Restricted stock awards granted under the Amended 2007 LTIP are issued at no cost to the grantee.  Both stock options and restricted stock awards vest over time depending on an employee’s length of service with the Company.  Share-based awards to our employees generally vest either five years from the grant date or on a three/five year split vest schedule, where half of the awards vest three years from the grant date and the remainder of the awards vest five years from the grant date. Share‑based awards to the chairman of the Board and our non-employee directors vest one year from the grant date.

Beginning with 2016 grants, certain restricted stock awards to our employees contain performance-based criteria in addition to the service-based vesting criteria discussed above. The award provides for a three-year performance period, and the performance metric may be achieved during any consecutive three-year period beginning January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2020. If the performance metric fails to be met by the end of the performance period ending December 31, 2020, then all shares of performance-based restricted stock will be immediately forfeited and canceled. We have concluded attainment of these performance conditions to be probable since the grant date.

Preceding Plans

In May 2002, our stockholders approved the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the 2002 Plan), which authorized the Board to grant stock options and restricted stock awards to employees, agents, consultants or independent contractors. In May 2004, our stockholders approved an amendment to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2002 Plan from 1,575,000 to 2,700,000 shares.  Granted stock options have an exercise price equal to our stock’s market price on the grant date. These options generally vest either five years from the grant date or on a three/five year split vest schedule, as described above. These options expire ten years from the grant date.  In May 2007, the Board suspended the 2002 Plan. Options granted prior to the suspension were not affected by this action.

Stock Option Awards

The following table summarizes stock option activity under our share-based plans for the year ended December 31, 2016:

	Shares	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Balance at December 31, 2015	2,741,745	$	31.50
Granted	155,225	80.95
Less: Exercised	343,237	30.12
Forfeited	2,850	28.47
Balance at December 31, 2016	2,550,883	$	34.70	4.22	$	177,637,707
Exercisable at December 31, 2016	1,800,183	$	24.19	2.94	$	144,276,703

The following table presents information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2016:

	Outstanding Stock Options				Exercisable Stock Options
Range of Exercise Prices	Shares	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Shares	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$ 18.00 to $ 20.34	1,100,811	2.22	$	19.65	1,100,811	$	19.65
$ 20.35 to $ 45.61	947,497	4.48	33.83		696,372	31.22
$ 45.62 to $ 102.41	502,575	8.13	69.30		3,000	59.23
	2,550,883	4.22	$	34.70	1,800,183	$	24.19

The following table summarizes the cash proceeds and tax benefits realized from the exercise of stock options:

	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except share amounts)	2016		2015		2014
Options exercised	343,237		543,028		441,833
Cash proceeds	$	10,340	$	17,137	$	12,451
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$	21,094	$	22,676	$	13,132
Tax benefits realized	$	7,891	$	8,326	$	5,018

We estimated the fair value of employee stock option awards at the grant date based on the assumptions summarized in the following table:

	Year Ended December 31,
(Weighted average)	2016				2015				2014
Expected volatility	29.7		%		33.8		%		37.7		%
Expected term	7.1			years	7.2			years	7.2			years
Risk-free interest rate	1.75		%		1.95		%		2.26		%
Expected dividend yield	1.5		%		1.5		%		1.5		%
Grant date fair value	$	22.86			$	22.57			$	21.07

We calculated expected volatility over the expected term of the awards based on the historical volatility of our common stock.  We use weekly price observations for our historical volatility calculation because we believe that they provide the most appropriate measurement of volatility given the trading patterns of our common stock.  We estimated the expected term based on the vesting period of the awards and our historical exercise activity for awards with similar characteristics. The weighted average expected term is impacted by a higher expected term estimate for stock option awards granted to our named executive officers.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximating the expected term of the option. We determined the expected dividend yield based on the anticipated dividends over the expected term.

For purposes of recognizing share-based compensation expense, we ratably expense the estimated fair value of employee stock options over the options’ requisite service period. The requisite service period for our share-based awards is either the vesting period, or if shorter, the period from the grant date to the date that employees meet the retirement provisions of our share-based award agreements. We recognize compensation cost for awards with graded vesting using the graded vesting recognition method.

The following table presents the total share-based compensation expense for stock option awards and the related recognized tax benefits for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
Share-based compensation expense	$	3,735	$	3,688	$	3,632
Recognized tax benefits	1,409		1,331		1,388

At December 31, 2016, the unamortized compensation expense related to stock option awards totaled $3.5 million.  We anticipate that this expense will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years.

Restricted Stock Awards

The table below presents restricted stock awards activity under our share-based plans for the year ended December 31, 2016:

	Shares	Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Balance unvested at December 31, 2015	301,760	$	51.18
Granted (at market price)(1)	80,579	83.34
Less: Vested	95,420	38.70
Forfeited	1,900	69.55
Balance unvested at December 31, 2016	285,019	$	64.33

⁽¹⁾ The majority of these shares contain performance-based vesting conditions.

At December 31, 2016, the unamortized compensation expense related to the restricted stock awards totaled $3.8 million.  We anticipate that this expense will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.5 years.

The table below presents the total number of restricted stock awards that vested for the past three years and the related fair value of those awards (in thousands, except share amounts):

	2016		2015		2014
Shares vested	95,420		147,619		212,794
Fair value of restricted stock awards vested	$	7,960	$	10,182	$	12,354

The following table presents the total share-based compensation expense for restricted stock awards for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
Share-based compensation expense	$	5,993	$	5,513	$	5,203

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In March 1998, the Board adopted the SCP Pool Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP). Under the ESPP, employees who meet minimum age and length of service requirements may purchase stock at 85% of the lower of:

a. as amended in May 2016, the closing price of our common stock at the end of a six month plan period ending either July 31 or January 31 (prior to the amendment, the six month plan period ended on June 30 or December 31); or

b. the average of the beginning and ending closing prices of our common stock for such six month period.

No more than 956,250 shares of our common stock may be issued under the ESPP. For the one six month offering period in 2016 and the two six month offering periods in 2015 and 2014, our employees purchased the following aggregate number of shares:

2016	2015	2014
8,649	22,555	22,508

The grant date fair value for the most recent ESPP purchase period ended June 30, 2016 was $20.42 per share.  Share-based compensation expense related to our ESPP was $0.2 million in 2016, $0.3 million in 2015 and $0.2 million in 2014.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

Income before income taxes and equity earnings is attributable to the following jurisdictions (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
United States	$	234,646	$	203,269	$	178,497
Foreign	6,732		4,881		2,888
Total	$	241,378	$	208,150	$	181,385

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016			2015			2014
Current:
Federal	$	77,000		$	65,676		$	54,447
State and other	12,182			10,263			9,126
Total current provision for income taxes	89,182			75,939			63,573
Deferred:
Federal	4,079			4,568			6,942
State and other	(330		)	(370		)	44
Total deferred provision for income taxes	3,749			4,198			6,986
Provision for income taxes	$	92,931		$	80,137		$	70,559

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to our effective tax rate on Income before income taxes and equity earnings is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Federal statutory rate	35.00	%	35.00	%	35.00	%
Change in valuation allowance	0.10		0.20		0.43
Other, primarily state income tax rate	3.40		3.30		3.47
Total effective tax rate	38.50	%	38.50	%	38.90	%

The table below presents the components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Deferred tax assets:
Product inventories	$	7,010		$	7,101
Accrued expenses	3,978			3,303
Allowance for doubtful accounts	396			606
Total current	11,384			11,010
Component reclassified for net presentation	(5,368		)	(5,480		)
Total current, net	6,016			5,530
Leases	1,920			1,786
Share-based compensation	13,778			13,422
Uncertain tax positions	2,746			2,092
Net operating losses	5,735			5,485
Interest rate swaps	674			1,513
Other	2,465			1,159
Total non-current	27,318			25,457
Less: Valuation allowance	(5,735		)	(5,485		)
Component reclassified for net presentation	(20,781		)	(18,755		)
Total non-current, net	802			1,217
Total deferred tax assets	6,818			6,747
Deferred tax liabilities:
Trade discounts on purchases	2,698			3,001
Prepaid expenses	2,670			2,479
Total current	5,368			5,480
Component reclassified for net presentation	(5,368		)	(5,480		)
Total current, net	—			—
Intangible assets, primarily goodwill	42,930			40,197
Depreciation	12,326			8,366
Total non-current	55,256			48,563
Component reclassified for net presentation	(20,781		)	(18,755		)
Total non-current, net	34,475			29,808
Total deferred tax liabilities	34,475			29,808
Net deferred tax liability	$	27,657		$	23,061

At December 31, 2016, certain of our international subsidiaries had tax loss carryforwards totaling approximately $22.2 million, which expire in various years after 2017.  Deferred tax assets related to the tax loss carryforwards of these international subsidiaries were $5.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and $5.5 million as of December 31, 2015.  We have recorded a corresponding valuation allowance of $5.7 million and $5.5 million in the respective years.

Upon adoption of ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, we will classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent on the balance sheet rather than separately presenting net deferred tax assets or liabilities as current or noncurrent. Also, we will no longer allocate valuation allowances between current and noncurrent deferred tax assets because those allowances will also be required to be classified as noncurrent. ASU 2015-17 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, which for us will be in the period beginning January 1, 2017. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2015-17 will have an impact on our results of operations, but it will change the presentation of our financial position and disclosures related to deferred tax assets and liabilities.

We reduce federal and state income taxes payable by the tax benefits associated with the exercise of nonqualified stock options and the lapse of restrictions on restricted stock awards.  To the extent realized tax deductions exceed the amount of previously recognized deferred tax benefits related to share-based compensation, we record an excess tax benefit in stockholders’ equity. We recorded excess tax benefits of $7.4 million in 2016 and $7.7 million in 2015. Upon adoption of ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, we will be required to record all excess tax benefits or deficiencies as income tax benefit or expense in the income statement. The adoption of this guidance will likely have a material positive impact on our income tax provision in periods in which employees elect to exercise their vested stock options or restrictions on share-based awards lapse. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, which for us will be in the period beginning January 1, 2017.

As of December 31, 2016, United States income taxes were not provided on earnings of our foreign subsidiaries, as we have invested or expect to invest the undistributed earnings indefinitely.  If in the future these earnings are repatriated to the United States, or if we determine that the earnings will be remitted in the foreseeable future, additional income tax provisions may be required. Determining the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable due to the complexity of tax laws and regulations and the varying circumstances, tax treatments and timing of any future repatriation.

We hold, through our affiliates, cash balances in the countries in which we operate, including amounts held outside the United States. Most of the amounts held outside the United States could be repatriated to the United States, but, under current law, may be subject to United States federal income taxes, less applicable foreign tax credits.  Repatriation of some foreign balances is restricted by local laws including the imposition of withholding taxes in some jurisdictions. We have not provided for the United States federal tax liability on these amounts, and for financial statement purposes, these foreign cash balances are considered indefinitely reinvested as of December 31, 2016 and are intended to be used to fund current cash flow needs in the countries where held.

The following table summarizes the activity related to uncertain tax positions for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
Balance at beginning of year	$	5,978	$	4,690	$	3,837
Increases for tax positions taken during a prior period	10		410		—
Increases for tax positions taken during the current period	2,819		1,782		1,664
Decreases resulting from the expiration of the statute of limitations	961		904		811
Decreases relating to settlements	—		—		—
Balance at end of year	$	7,846	$	5,978	$	4,690

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would decrease the effective tax rate was $5.1 million at December 31, 2016 and $3.9 million at December 31, 2015.

We record interest expense related to unrecognized tax benefits in Interest and other non-operating expenses, net, while we record related penalties in Selling and administrative expenses on our Consolidated Statements of Income.  For unrecognized tax benefits, we had interest expense of $0.2 million in 2016, interest expense $0.1 million in 2015 and minimal interest expense in 2014.  Accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $0.7 million at December 31, 2016 and $0.5 million at December 31, 2015.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions.  With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2013.

XML

Earnings Per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share

Earnings Per Share

The table below presents the computation of earnings per share, including the reconciliation of basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands, except per share data):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Net income	$	148,603	$	128,224	$	111,030
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	352		51		(338		)
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	$	148,955	$	128,275	$	110,692
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic	41,872		43,105		44,281
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options and employee stock purchase plan	1,112		1,149		1,160
Diluted	42,984		44,254		45,441
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	3.56	$	2.98	$	2.50
Diluted	$	3.47	$	2.90	$	2.44
Anti-dilutive stock options excluded from diluted earnings per share computations (1)	1		—		169

⁽¹⁾  Since these options have exercise prices that are higher than the average market prices of our common stock, including them in the calculation would have an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Text Block]

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

We lease facilities for our corporate office, sales centers and centralized shipping locations under operating leases that expire in various years through 2027. Most of our leases contain renewal options, some of which involve rate increases. For leases with step rent provisions whereby the rental payments increase incrementally over the life of the lease, we recognize the total minimum lease payments on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term. The table below presents rent expenses associated with facility, vehicle and equipment operating leases for the past three years (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	63,940	$	60,129	$	60,214

The table below sets forth the approximate future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2016 related to non-cancelable facility operating leases and the non-cancelable portion of certain equipment operating leases with initial terms of one year or more (in thousands):

2017	$	47,324
2018	39,908
2019	33,088
2020	26,211
2021	15,955
Thereafter	19,890

Upon adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases, we will be required to record most leases on our balance sheets and recognize expenses in a manner similar to current guidance. We will also be required to provide enhanced disclosures related to our lease agreements. ASU 2016-02 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The guidance is required to be applied using a modified retrospective approach. We are currently evaluating the effect that ASU 2016-02 will have on our financial position, results of operations and related disclosures.

Contingencies

From time to time, we are subject to various claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, including product liability, personal injury, commercial, contract and employment matters. Each quarter, we evaluate developments related to claims and litigation and record a liability if we deem a loss to be probable and estimable. When evaluating these matters for accrual and disclosure, we consider factors such as historical experience, specific facts and claims asserted, the likelihood we will prevail and the magnitude of any potential loss. The outcome of any litigation is inherently unpredictable. Based on currently available facts, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these claims and litigation matters will have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. We do not believe our exposure for any of these matters is material for disclosure, either individually or in the aggregate.

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

Related Party Transactions

Policy

Our policy for related party transactions is included in our written Audit Committee Charter.  This policy requires that our Audit Committee review and approve all related party transactions required to be disclosed in our Annual Proxy Statement or required to be approved based on NASDAQ rules.

Transactions

In May 2005, we acquired a 50% membership interest in NCC through a $1.1 million cash contribution.  NCC owns and operates an office building in Covington, Louisiana.  We lease corporate and administrative offices from NCC, occupying approximately 54,800 square feet of office space.  In May 2005 we amended the lease agreement, which had a ten year term. In June 2013, we exercised an option to extend the term of a portion of the lease agreement through May 2020. In March 2015 we exercised a second option to extend the term of the lease agreement through May 2025.  As of December 31, 2016, we pay rent of $86,767 per month.

In January 2002, we entered into a lease agreement with S&C Development, LLC (S&C) for additional warehouse space adjacent to our Mandeville, Louisiana sales center.  The sole owner of S&C is A. David Cook, a Pool Corporation executive officer.  This lease expired in November 2014 and we relocated this sales center to a new facility leased from an unrelated third party.  

The table below presents rent expense associated with these leases for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
NCC	$	1,035	$	1,016	$	989
Other	—		—		64
Total	$	1,035	$	1,016	$	1,053

XML

Employee Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Defined Contribution Pension and Other Postretirement Plans Disclosure [Abstract]

Employee Benefit Plans

Employee Benefit Plans

We offer a 401(k) savings and retirement plan, which is a defined contribution plan and provides benefits for substantially all employees who meet length of service requirements. Eligible employees are able to contribute up to 75% of their compensation, subject to the federal dollar limit. For plan participants, we provide a matching contribution. We contribute a total maximum match on employee contributions of up to 4% of their compensation, with a 100% match on the first 3% of compensation deferred and a 50% match on deferrals between 3% and 5% of compensation. We also offer defined contribution plans for certain of our international entities. The plan funding is calculated as a percentage of the employee’s earnings and in compliance with local laws and practices. The related expense is not material and is included in the matching contributions - defined contribution plans line item in the table below.

We have a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that allows certain employees who occupy key management positions to defer salary and bonus amounts.  This plan also provides a matching contribution similar to that provided under our 401(k) plan to the extent that a participant’s contributions to the 401(k) plan are limited by IRS deferral and compensation limitations. The total combined company matching contribution provided to a participant under the 401(k) plan and the nonqualified deferred compensation plan for any one year may not exceed 4% of a participant’s salary and bonus.  The employee and company matching contributions are invested in certain equity and fixed income securities based on individual employee elections.

The table below sets forth our matching contributions for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
Matching contributions - defined contribution plans	$	5,817	$	5,583	$	5,235
Matching contributions - deferred compensation plan	194		218		233

XML

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The table below summarizes the unaudited quarterly results of operations for the past two years (in thousands, except per share data):

	Quarter
	2016								2015
	First		Second		Third		Fourth		First		Second		Third		Fourth
Net sales	$	515,250	$	918,889	$	691,429	$	445,235	$	450,430	$	851,855	$	645,779	$	415,075
Gross profit	143,023		270,736		199,551		127,777		124,801		248,260		184,288		118,295
Net income	16,363		85,247		44,421		2,572		8,433		77,809		39,403		2,579
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	16,371		85,435		44,534		2,615		8,419		77,924		39,447		2,486
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.39	$	2.03	$	1.06	$	0.06	$	0.19	$	1.80	$	0.92	$	0.06
Diluted	$	0.38	$	1.98	$	1.03	$	0.06	$	0.19	$	1.75	$	0.90	$	0.06

The sum of basic and diluted earnings per share for each of the quarters may not equal the total basic and diluted earnings per share for the annual periods because of rounding differences and a difference in the way that in-the-money stock options are considered from quarter to quarter.

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of presentation and principles of consolidation

Description of Business

As of December 31, 2016, Pool Corporation and our subsidiaries (the Company, which may be referred to as we, us or our), operated 344 sales centers in North America, Europe, South America and Australia from which we sell swimming pool equipment, parts and supplies, irrigation and landscape products and hardscape, tile and stone products to pool builders, retail stores, service companies, landscape contractors and golf courses. We distribute products through four networks: SCP Distributors (SCP), Superior Pool Products (Superior), Horizon Distributors (Horizon) and National Pool Tile (NPT).

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

We prepared the Consolidated Financial Statements following U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The financial statements include all normal and recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Pool Corporation and our subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

All of our subsidiaries are wholly owned with the exception of Pool Systems Pty. Ltd. (PSL), an Australian company. On July 31, 2014, we completed the purchase of a 60% interest in PSL and accounted for this acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting. The purchase constitutes a controlling interest in the acquired company, which requires us to consolidate PSL’s financial position and results of operations from the date of acquisition.

Variable Interest Entity

In February 2015, we entered into a five-year credit agreement with a swimming pool retailer. Under this agreement and the related revolving note, we are the primary lender of operating funds for this entity. The total lending commitment under the credit agreement is $8.5 million, of which $8.4 million was owed as of December 31, 2016. Amounts funded under the credit agreement are recorded within Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and are collateralized by essentially all of the assets of the business. We have a variable interest in this entity; however, we have no decision-making authority over its activities through voting or other rights. Additionally, we have no obligation to absorb any of its losses, nor do we have the right to receive any residual returns, should either occur. We are not considered the primary beneficiary of this variable interest entity, and therefore we are not required to consolidate this entity’s financial statements.

Use of estimates

Use of Estimates

In order to prepare financial statements that conform to GAAP, we make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and accompanying notes. Our most significant estimates are those relating to the allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory obsolescence reserves, vendor incentives, income taxes, incentive compensation accruals and goodwill impairment evaluations. We continually review our estimates and make adjustments as necessary, but actual results could be significantly different from what we expected when we made these estimates.

Newly adopted accounting pronouncements

Newly Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Upon adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30) - Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (ASU 2015-03), we now include financing costs, net of accumulated amortization as a component of long-term debt. For comparability across all periods presented on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, we reclassified certain amounts from Other assets, net in 2015 to Long-term debt, net to conform to our 2016 presentation. For additional information related to our deferred financing costs and amounts reclassified, see Note 5.

As required, we adopted ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern (ASU 2014-15), as of December 31, 2016. Based on management’s evaluation, which included forecasting results covering the one-year period following our 2016 Form 10-K filing date, we did not identify any conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Accordingly the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our financial position, results of operations and related disclosures.

Segment reporting

Segment Reporting

Since all of our sales centers have similar operations and share similar economic characteristics, we aggregate our sales centers into a single reportable segment. These similarities include (i) the nature of our products and services, (ii) the types of customers we sell to and (iii) the distribution methods we use. Our chief operating decision maker (CODM) evaluates each sales center based on individual performance that includes both financial and operational measures. These measures include operating income growth and accounts receivable and inventory management criteria. Each sales center manager and eligible field employee earns performance-based incentive compensation based on these measures developed at the sales center level.

A bottom-up approach is used to develop the operating budget for each individual sales center. The CODM approves the budget and routinely monitors budget to actual results for each sales center. Additionally, our CODM makes decisions about how to allocate resources primarily on a sales center-by-sales center basis. No single sales center meets any of the quantitative thresholds (10% of revenues, profit or assets) for separately reporting information about an operating segment. We do not track sales by product lines and product categories on a consolidated basis. We lack readily available financial information due to the number of our product lines and product categories and the fact that we make ongoing changes as to how products are classified within these groups, thus making it impracticable to report our sales by product category.

Seasonality and weather

Seasonality and Weather

Our business is highly seasonal and weather is one of the principal external factors affecting our business. In general, sales and net income are highest during the second and third quarters, which represent the peak months of both swimming pool use and installation and landscape installations and maintenance. Sales are substantially lower during the first and fourth quarters, when we may incur net losses.

Revenue recognition

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when four basic criteria are met:

1.   persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

2.   delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;

3.   our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and

4.   collectibility is reasonably assured.

We record revenue when customers take delivery of products. Customers may pick up products at any sales center location, or we may deliver products to their premises or job sites via our trucks or third party carriers. Products shipped via third party carriers are considered delivered based on the shipping terms, which are generally FOB shipping point. We include shipping and handling fees billed to customers as freight out income within net sales.

We offer volume incentives to some of our customers and we account for these incentives as an adjustment to sales. We estimate the amount of volume incentives earned based on our estimate of cumulative sales for the fiscal year relative to our customers’ progress toward achieving minimum purchase requirements. We record customer returns, including those associated with early buy programs, as an adjustment to sales. Based on available information related to our customers’ returns, we record an allowance for estimated returns, which historically has not been material. Other items that we record as adjustments to sales include cash discounts, pricing adjustments and credit card fees related to customer payments.

We also report sales net of tax amounts that we collect from our customers and remit to governmental authorities. These tax amounts may include, but are not limited to, sales, use, value added and some excise taxes.

We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASU 2014-09) and subsequent amendments issued to provide clarifications on the new guidance. We expect to apply the guidance using the cumulative-effect transition method. Based on our analysis performed to date, we do not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations but will result in additional disclosures regarding our revenue recognition policies. ASU 2014-09 will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, which for us will be in the period beginning January 1, 2018.

Vendor programs

Vendor Programs

Many of our arrangements with our vendors provide for us to receive specified amounts of consideration when we achieve any of a number of measures. These measures are generally related to the volume level of purchases from our vendors and may include negotiated pricing arrangements. We account for vendor programs as vendor incentives, and accordingly as a reduction of the prices of the vendors’ products and therefore as a reduction of inventory until we sell the products, at which time such incentives are recognized as a reduction of Cost of sales on our Consolidated Statements of Income.

Throughout the year, we estimate the amount earned based on our estimate of total purchases for the fiscal year relative to the purchase levels that mark our progress toward earning each program. We accrue vendor incentives on a monthly basis using these estimates, provided that we determine they are probable and reasonably estimable. We continually revise these estimates to reflect actual credits earned based on actual purchase levels and trends related to sales and purchasing mix. When we make adjustments to our estimates, we determine whether any portion of the adjustment impacts the amount of vendor incentives that are deferred in inventory. We recognize changes in our estimates as a cumulative catch-up adjustment to the amounts recognized to date in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Shipping and handling costs

Shipping and Handling Costs

We record shipping and handling costs associated with inbound freight as cost of sales. The table below presents shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight, which we include in selling and administrative expenses (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	39,879	$	36,783	$	38,674

Share-based compensation

Share-Based Compensation

We record share-based compensation for stock options and other share-based awards based on the estimated fair value as measured on the grant date. For stock option awards, we use a Black-Scholes model for estimating the grant date fair value. For additional discussion of share-based compensation, see Note 6.

Advertising costs

Advertising Costs

We expense advertising costs when incurred. The table below presents advertising expense for the past three years (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	7,011	$	7,127	$	6,894

Income taxes

Income Taxes

We record deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities using currently enacted rates and laws that will be in effect when we expect the differences to reverse. Due to changing tax laws and state income tax rates, significant judgment is required to estimate the effective tax rate expected to apply to tax differences that are expected to reverse in the future.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying amounts of net deferred tax assets if there is uncertainty regarding their future realization. We consider many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization including our recent cumulative earnings experience by taxing jurisdiction, expectations of future taxable income, the carryforward periods available to us for tax reporting purposes and other relevant factors. For additional discussion of income taxes, see Note 7.

Equity method investments

Equity Method Investments

We account for our 50% investment in Northpark Corporate Center, LLC (NCC) using the equity method of accounting. Accordingly, we report our share of income or loss based on our ownership interest in this investment.

Earnings per share

Earnings Per Share

We calculate basic earnings per share by dividing Net income or loss attributable to Pool Corporation by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. We include outstanding unvested restricted stock awards of our common stock in the basic weighted average share calculation. Diluted earnings per share includes the dilutive effects of other share-based awards. For additional discussion of earnings per share, see Note 8.

Foreign currency

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of each of our foreign subsidiaries is its applicable local currency. We translate our foreign subsidiary financial statements into U.S. dollars based on published exchange rates. We include these translation adjustments as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We include realized transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations in Interest and other non-operating expenses, net on the Consolidated Statements of Income. We realized net foreign currency transaction losses of $0.7 million in 2016, $0.8 million in 2015 and $0.3 million in 2014.

Fair value measurements

Fair Value Measurements

Our assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the unrealized gains or losses on our interest rate swap contracts and contingent consideration related to recent acquisitions. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under the accounting guidance are described below:

Level 1 Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 Inputs to the valuation methodology include:

• quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

• quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;

• inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; or

• inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The table below presents the estimated fair values of our interest rate swap contracts, our forward-starting interest rate swap contract and our contingent consideration liabilities (in thousands):

	Fair Value at December 31,
	2016		2015
Level 2
Unrealized gains on interest rate swaps	$	1,521	$	—
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps	3,138		3,295
Level 3
Contingent consideration liabilities	$	1,611	$	806

We include unrealized gains in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and unrealized losses in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For determining the fair value of our interest rate swap and forward-starting interest rate swap contracts, we use significant other observable market data or assumptions (Level 2 inputs as defined in the accounting guidance) that we believe market participants would use in pricing similar assets or liabilities, including assumptions about counterparty risk.  Our fair value estimates reflect an income approach based on the terms of the interest rate swap contracts and inputs corroborated by observable market data including interest rate curves.

As of December 31, 2016, our Consolidated Balance Sheets reflect $0.2 million in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and $1.4 million in Other long-term liabilities for contingent consideration related to future payouts for our acquisitions of The Melton Corporation and Metro Irrigation Supply Company Ltd. In determining our original estimates for contingent consideration, which are based on a percentage of gross profit for certain products for The Melton Corporation and a multiple of gross profit for Metro Irrigation Supply Company Ltd., we applied a linear model using our best estimate of gross profit projections for fiscal years 2016 to 2020 (Level 3 inputs as defined in the accounting guidance). The maximum total payout for Metro Irrigation Supply Company Ltd. over this time period is $1.0 million. Since the acquisition dates, we have recorded minimal adjustments to our original estimates based on the calculated 2017 payouts related to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. Adjustments to the fair value of contingent consideration are recognized in earnings in the period in which we determine that the fair value changed. We have determined that the contingent consideration liability was in a range of acceptable estimates as of December 31, 2016.

The carrying values of cash, receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to the short maturity of those instruments (Level 1 inputs). For the note receivable with our variable interest entity, our determination of the estimated fair value reflects a discounted cash flow model using our estimates, including assumptions related to collectibility (Level 3 inputs). In 2016, we recorded $3.5 million of fair value adjustments to reduce the note receivable to an amount that was based on the results of our discounted cash flow model for expected payments under the note receivable. The carrying value of this note receivable, including adjustments, approximates fair value. The carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value.  Our determination of the estimated fair value reflects a discounted cash flow model using our estimates, including assumptions related to borrowing rates (Level 3 inputs).

Derivatives

Derivatives and Hedging Activities

We have designated our interest rate swap and forward-starting interest rate swap contracts as cash flow hedges, and we assess hedge effectiveness on a quarterly basis. To the extent that these hedges are effective, we record the changes in the estimated fair value of the swaps to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Any hedge ineffectiveness is recorded as a component of Interest and other non-operating expenses, net on our Consolidated Statements of Income. We recognize any differences between the variable interest rate payments and the fixed interest rate settlements from our swap counterparties as an adjustment to interest expense over the life of the swaps.

Our interest rate swap and forward-starting interest rate swap contracts are subject to master netting arrangements. According to our accounting policy, we do not offset the fair values of assets with the fair values of liabilities related to these contracts.

For our interest rate swap contracts currently in effect, a portion of the change in the estimated fair value between periods relates to future interest expense. Recognition of the change in fair value between periods attributable to accrued interest is reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to Interest and other non-operating expenses, net on the Consolidated Statements of Income. These amounts were not material in 2016, 2015 or 2014. In October 2016 we began reclassifying the fair values related to our original forward-starting swaps from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to Interest and other non-operating expenses, net. These unrealized losses will be amortized over the effective period of the original forward-starting interest rate swap contracts from October 2016 to September 2018. For additional discussion of our interest rate swaps, see Note 5.

Cash equivalents

Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

Credit risk and allowance for doubtful accounts

Credit Risk and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We record trade receivables at the invoiced amounts less an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses we may incur if customers do not pay. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and we typically do not require collateral. Consistent with industry practices, we generally require payment from our North American customers within 30 days, except for sales under early buy programs for which we provide extended payment terms to qualified customers.

At the end of each quarter, we perform a reserve analysis of all accounts with balances greater than $20,000 and more than 60 days past due. Additionally, we perform a separate reserve analysis on the balance of our accounts receivables with emphasis on the remainder of the past due portion of the aging. During the year, we write off account balances when we have exhausted reasonable collection efforts and determined that the likelihood of collection is remote. These write-offs are charged against our allowance for doubtful accounts.

The following table summarizes the changes in our allowance for doubtful accounts for the past three years (in thousan

Product inventories and reserve for inventory obsolescence

Product Inventories and Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence

Product inventories consist primarily of goods we purchase from manufacturers to sell to our customers. We record inventory at the lower of cost, using the average cost method, or market. We establish our reserve for inventory obsolescence based on inventory turns by class with particular emphasis on stock keeping units with the weakest sales over the previous 12 months (or 36 months for tile and 48 months for parts products). The reserve is intended to reflect the net realizable value of inventory that we may not be able to sell at a profit.

In evaluating the adequacy of our reserve for inventory obsolescence, we consider a combination of factors including:

• the level of inventory in relation to historical sales by product, including inventory usage by class based on product sales at both the sales center and on a company-wide basis;

• changes in customer preferences or regulatory requirements;

• seasonal fluctuations in inventory levels;

• geographic location; and

• superseded products and new product offerings.

We periodically adjust our reserve for inventory obsolescence as changes occur in the above-identified factors.

The following table summarizes the changes in our reserve for inventory obsolescence for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016			2015			2014
Balance at beginning of year	$	6,979		$	6,403		$	7,103
Provision for inventory write-downs	2,036			3,043			1,535
Deduction for inventory write-offs	(2,484		)	(2,467		)	(2,235		)
Balance at end of year	$	6,531		$	6,979		$	6,403

Property and equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. We depreciate property and equipment on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings	40 years
Leasehold improvements (1)	1 - 10 years
Autos and trucks	3 - 6 years
Machinery and equipment	3 - 15 years
Computer equipment	3 - 7 years
Furniture and fixtures	5 - 10 years

⁽¹⁾  For substantial improvements made near the end of a lease term where we are reasonably certain the lease will be renewed, we amortize the leasehold improvement over the remaining life of the lease including the expected renewal period.

The table below presents depreciation expense for the past three years (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	20,338	$	16,373	$	14,495

Acquisitions

Acquisitions

We use the acquisition method of accounting and recognize assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value as of the acquisition date. Any contingent assets acquired and contingent liabilities assumed are also recognized at fair value if we can reasonably estimate fair value during the measurement period (which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date). We remeasure any contingent liabilities at fair value in each subsequent reporting period. We expense all acquisition-related costs as incurred, including any restructuring costs associated with a business combination.

If our initial acquisition accounting is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which a business combination occurs, we report provisional amounts for incomplete items. Once we obtain information required to finalize the accounting for incomplete items, we retrospectively adjust the provisional amounts recognized as of the acquisition date. We make adjustments to these provisional amounts during the measurement period.

For all acquisitions, we include the results of operations in our Consolidated Financial Statements as of the acquisition date. For additional discussion of acquisitions, see Note 2.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the amount we paid to acquire a company over the estimated fair value of tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed. We test goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually as of October 1st and at any other time when impairment indicators exist.

We estimate fair value based on an income approach that incorporates our assumptions for determining the present value of future cash flows.  We project future cash flows using management’s assumptions for sales growth rates, operating margins, discount rates and multiples. These assumptions are considered unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs as defined in the accounting guidance). If the estimated fair value of any of our reporting units falls below its carrying value, we compare the estimated fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its estimated fair value, we recognize the difference as an impairment loss in operating income. Since we define an operating segment as an individual sales center and we do not have operations below the sales center level, our reporting unit is an individual sales center. For additional discussion of goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 3.

Receivables securitization facility

Receivables Securitization Facility

Our accounts receivable securitization facility (the Receivables Facility) provides for the sale of certain of our receivables to a wholly owned subsidiary (the Securitization Subsidiary). The Securitization Subsidiary transfers variable undivided percentage interests in the receivables and related rights to certain third party financial institutions in exchange for cash proceeds, limited to the applicable funding capacities.

We account for the sale of the receivable interests as a secured borrowing on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The receivables subject to the agreement collateralize the cash proceeds received from the third party financial institutions. We classify the entire outstanding balance as Long-term debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as we intend and have the ability to refinance the obligations on a long‑term basis. We present the receivables that collateralize the cash proceeds separately as Receivables pledged under receivables facility on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. For additional discussion of the Receivables Facility, see Note 5.

Self insurance

Self Insurance

We are self-insured for employee health benefits, workers’ compensation coverage, property and casualty, and automobile insurance. To limit our exposure, we also maintain excess and aggregate liability coverage. We establish self‑insurance reserves based on estimates of claims incurred but not reported and information that we obtain from third-party service providers regarding known claims. Our management reviews these reserves based on consideration of various factors, including but not limited to the age of existing claims, estimated settlement amounts and other historical claims data.

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest

In July 2014, we purchased a controlling interest in PSL. Included in the transaction documents is a put/call option deed that grants us an option to purchase the shares held by the noncontrolling interest, and grants the holder of the noncontrolling interest an option to require us to purchase its shares in one or two transactions. The put/call option deed in this transaction is considered an equity contract and therefore a financial instrument under the accounting guidance. In applying the guidance for this transaction, we have determined that the financial instrument is embedded in the noncontrolling interest. As a public company, we are required to classify the noncontrolling interest and the embedded financial instrument as redeemable noncontrolling interest in a separate section of our Consolidated Balance Sheets, between liabilities and equity.

At the end of each period, we record the portion of comprehensive income or loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest to Redeemable noncontrolling interest to determine the carrying amount. We are required to compare the carrying amount to our estimated redemption value at the end of each reporting period. The redemption value is based on a multiple of a PSL earnings measure for a specified time period. To the extent that the estimated redemption value exceeds the carrying amount, we would record an adjustment to Redeemable noncontrolling interest. We did not record such an adjustment in 2016, 2015 or 2014.

The table below presents the changes in Redeemable noncontrolling interest (in thousands):

	2016			2015			2014
Redeemable noncontrolling interest, beginning of period	$	2,665		$	3,113		$	—
Acquisition date value	—			—			3,131
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest	(352		)	(51		)	338
Other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	(26		)	(397		)	(356		)
Redeemable noncontrolling interest, end of period	$	2,287		$	2,665		$	3,113

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The table below presents the components of our Accumulated other comprehensive loss balance (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	(13,024	)	$	(11,362	)
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net of tax	(1,054		)	(2,367		)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(14,078	)	$	(13,729	)

Retained deficit

Retained Deficit

We account for the retirement of treasury share repurchases as an increase of our Retained deficit on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  As of December 31, 2016, the retained deficit reflects cumulative net income, the cumulative impact of adjustments for changes in accounting pronouncements, treasury share retirements since the inception of our share repurchase programs of $1,093.3 million and cumulative dividends declared of $367.7 million.

Supplemental cash flow information

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

The following table presents supplemental disclosures to the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	8,052	$	6,316	$	6,481
Income taxes, net of refunds	80,378		65,668		58,405

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight

The table below presents shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight, which we include in selling and administrative expenses (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	39,879	$	36,783	$	38,674

Advertising expense

We expense advertising costs when incurred. The table below presents advertising expense for the past three years (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	7,011	$	7,127	$	6,894

Fair value measurements

	Fair Value at December 31,
	2016		2015
Level 2
Unrealized gains on interest rate swaps	$	1,521	$	—
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps	3,138		3,295
Level 3
Contingent consideration liabilities	$	1,611	$	806

Summary of changes in allowance for doubtful accounts

The following table summarizes the changes in our allowance for doubtful accounts for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016			2015			2014
Balance at beginning of year	$	4,205		$	4,008		$	4,547
Bad debt expense	1,199			1,110			1,167
Write-offs, net of recoveries	(1,354		)	(913		)	(1,706		)
Balance at end of year	$	4,050		$	4,205		$	4,008

Summary of changes in allowance for inventory obsolescence

The following table summarizes the changes in our reserve for inventory obsolescence for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016			2015			2014
Balance at beginning of year	$	6,979		$	6,403		$	7,103
Provision for inventory write-downs	2,036			3,043			1,535
Deduction for inventory write-offs	(2,484		)	(2,467		)	(2,235		)
Balance at end of year	$	6,531		$	6,979		$	6,403

Estimated useful lives of property and equipment

We depreciate property and equipment on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings	40 years
Leasehold improvements (1)	1 - 10 years
Autos and trucks	3 - 6 years
Machinery and equipment	3 - 15 years
Computer equipment	3 - 7 years
Furniture and fixtures	5 - 10 years

⁽¹⁾  For substantial improvements made near the end of a lease term where we are reasonably certain the lease will be renewed, we amortize the leasehold improvement over the remaining life of the lease including the expected renewal period.

Depreciation expense

The table below presents depreciation expense for the past three years (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	20,338	$	16,373	$	14,495

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

The table below presents the changes in Redeemable noncontrolling interest (in thousands):

	2016			2015			2014
Redeemable noncontrolling interest, beginning of period	$	2,665		$	3,113		$	—
Acquisition date value	—			—			3,131
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest	(352		)	(51		)	338
Other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	(26		)	(397		)	(356		)
Redeemable noncontrolling interest, end of period	$	2,287		$	2,665		$	3,113

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

The table below presents the components of our Accumulated other comprehensive loss balance (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	(13,024	)	$	(11,362	)
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net of tax	(1,054		)	(2,367		)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(14,078	)	$	(13,729	)

Supplemental disclosures to Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

The following table presents supplemental disclosures to the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	8,052	$	6,316	$	6,481
Income taxes, net of refunds	80,378		65,668		58,405

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Goodwill [Line Items]

Goodwill

The table below presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and our accumulated impairment losses (in thousands):

Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2014	$	183,190
Acquired goodwill	1,149
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(2,312		)
Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2015	182,027
Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2014	(9,266		)
Goodwill impairment	—
Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2015	(9,266		)
Goodwill (net) at December 31, 2015	$	172,761
Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2015	$	182,027
Acquired goodwill	12,696
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(49		)
Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2016	194,674
Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2015	(9,266		)
Goodwill impairment	(613		)
Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2016	(9,879		)
Goodwill (net) at December 31, 2016	$	184,795

Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Horizon tradename (indefinite life)	$	8,400		$	8,400
Pool Systems tradename and trademarks (indefinite lives)	1,023			1,040
National Pool Tile (NPT) tradename (20 year life)	1,500			1,500
Non-compete agreements (5 year weighted average useful life)	4,396			1,953
Patents (5 year weighted average useful life)	483			492
Other intangible assets	15,802			13,385
Less: Accumulated amortization	(2,476		)	(1,540		)
Other intangible assets, net	$	13,326		$	11,845

Estimated amortization expense for other intangible assets for next five years

The table below presents estimated amortization expense for other intangible assets for the next five years (in thousands):

2017	$	888
2018	886
2019	747
2020	700
2021	219

XML

Details of Certain Balance Sheet Accounts (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]

Additional information regarding certain balance sheet accounts

The table below presents additional information regarding certain balance sheet accounts (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Receivables, net:
Trade accounts	$	18,533		$	17,835
Vendor programs	44,842			38,444
Other, net	2,112			2,099
Total receivables	65,487			58,378
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts	(4,050		)	(4,205		)
Receivables, net	$	61,437		$	54,173
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
Prepaid expenses	$	13,584		$	11,919
Other current assets	1,734			27
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	15,318		$	11,946
Property and equipment, net:
Land	$	1,685		$	1,925
Buildings	2,465			2,465
Leasehold improvements	38,348			33,518
Autos and trucks	53,371			35,832
Machinery and equipment	45,535			39,518
Computer equipment	39,251			39,271
Furniture and fixtures	9,951			9,164
Fixed assets in progress	2,065			6,173
Total property and equipment	192,671			167,866
Less: Accumulated depreciation	(109,381		)	(98,012		)
Property and equipment, net	$	83,290		$	69,854
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:
Salaries and payroll deductions	$	8,878		$	6,433
Performance-based compensation	32,226			29,090
Taxes payable	8,424			8,889
Other current liabilities	14,859			12,179
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$	64,387		$	56,591

XML

Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Derivative [Line Items]

Components of debt

The table below presents the components of our debt as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016		2015
Variable rate debt
Current portion of long-term debt:
Australian Seasonal Credit Facility (described below)	$	1,105	$	1,700
Long-term portion:
Revolving Credit Facility (described below)	354,549		273,015
Receivables Securitization Facility (described below)	83,500		55,000
Less: financing costs, net	1,112		1,670
Long-term debt, net	$	436,937	$	326,345
Total debt	$	438,042	$	328,045

Changes in deferred financing costs

The table below summarizes changes in deferred financing costs for the past two years (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Deferred financing costs:
Balance at beginning of year	$	4,814		$	4,494
Financing costs deferred	69			320
Balance at end of year	4,883			4,814
Accumulated amortization of deferred financing costs	(3,771		)	(3,144		)
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization	$	1,112		$	1,670

Terminated Interest Rate Swaps [Member]

Derivative [Line Items]

Schedule of interest rate swaps

The following table provides additional details related to each of these swap contracts:

Derivative	Effective Date	Notional Amount (in millions)		Fixed Interest Rate
Interest rate swap 1	November 21, 2011	$	25.0	1.185	%
Interest rate swap 2	November 21, 2011	25.0		1.185	%
Interest rate swap 3	December 21, 2011	50.0		1.100	%
Interest rate swap 4	January 17, 2012	25.0		1.050	%
Interest rate swap 5	January 19, 2012	25.0		0.990	%

Interest Rate Swap [Member]

Derivative [Line Items]

Schedule of interest rate swaps

The following table provides additional details related to each of these amended swap contracts:

Derivative	Amendment Date	Notional Amount (in millions)		Fixed Interest Rate
Interest rate swap 6	October 1, 2015	$	75.0	2.273	%
Interest rate swap 7	October 1, 2015	25.0		2.111	%
Interest rate swap 8	October 1, 2015	50.0		2.111	%

Forward-starting Interest Rate Swap Agreements [Member]

Derivative [Line Items]

Schedule of interest rate swaps

The following table provides additional details related to this new swap contract:

Derivative	Inception Date	Notional Amount (in millions)		Fixed Interest Rate
Forward-starting interest rate swap	July 6, 2016	$	150.0	1.1425	%

XML

Share-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]

Stock Option Activity

The following table summarizes stock option activity under our share-based plans for the year ended December 31, 2016:

	Shares	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Balance at December 31, 2015	2,741,745	$	31.50
Granted	155,225	80.95
Less: Exercised	343,237	30.12
Forfeited	2,850	28.47
Balance at December 31, 2016	2,550,883	$	34.70	4.22	$	177,637,707
Exercisable at December 31, 2016	1,800,183	$	24.19	2.94	$	144,276,703

Stock options outstanding and exercisable by exercise price range

The following table presents information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2016:

	Outstanding Stock Options				Exercisable Stock Options
Range of Exercise Prices	Shares	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Shares	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$ 18.00 to $ 20.34	1,100,811	2.22	$	19.65	1,100,811	$	19.65
$ 20.35 to $ 45.61	947,497	4.48	33.83		696,372	31.22
$ 45.62 to $ 102.41	502,575	8.13	69.30		3,000	59.23
	2,550,883	4.22	$	34.70	1,800,183	$	24.19

Summary of cash proceeds and tax benefits realized from stock option exercise.

The following table summarizes the cash proceeds and tax benefits realized from the exercise of stock options:

	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except share amounts)	2016		2015		2014
Options exercised	343,237		543,028		441,833
Cash proceeds	$	10,340	$	17,137	$	12,451
Intrinsic value of options exercised	$	21,094	$	22,676	$	13,132
Tax benefits realized	$	7,891	$	8,326	$	5,018

Summary of assumptions for estimated fair value of employee stock option awards at grant date

We estimated the fair value of employee stock option awards at the grant date based on the assumptions summarized in the following table:

	Year Ended December 31,
(Weighted average)	2016				2015				2014
Expected volatility	29.7		%		33.8		%		37.7		%
Expected term	7.1			years	7.2			years	7.2			years
Risk-free interest rate	1.75		%		1.95		%		2.26		%
Expected dividend yield	1.5		%		1.5		%		1.5		%
Grant date fair value	$	22.86			$	22.57			$	21.07

Summary of restricted share actvity

The table below presents restricted stock awards activity under our share-based plans for the year ended December 31, 2016:

	Shares	Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Balance unvested at December 31, 2015	301,760	$	51.18
Granted (at market price)(1)	80,579	83.34
Less: Vested	95,420	38.70
Forfeited	1,900	69.55
Balance unvested at December 31, 2016	285,019	$	64.33

Total restricted stock awards that vested for the past three years and related fair value

The table below presents the total number of restricted stock awards that vested for the past three years and the related fair value of those awards (in thousands, except share amounts):

	2016		2015		2014
Shares vested	95,420		147,619		212,794
Fair value of restricted stock awards vested	$	7,960	$	10,182	$	12,354

Number of shares purchased by employees under the employee stock purchase plan

For the one six month offering period in 2016 and the two six month offering periods in 2015 and 2014, our employees purchased the following aggregate number of shares:

2016	2015	2014
8,649	22,555	22,508

Restricted [Member]

Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]

Summary of share-based compensation expense and recognized tax benefits [Table Text Block]

The following table presents the total share-based compensation expense for restricted stock awards for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
Share-based compensation expense	$	5,993	$	5,513	$	5,203

Options [Member]

Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]

Summary of share-based compensation expense and recognized tax benefits [Table Text Block]

The following table presents the total share-based compensation expense for stock option awards and the related recognized tax benefits for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
Share-based compensation expense	$	3,735	$	3,688	$	3,632
Recognized tax benefits	1,409		1,331		1,388

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income before income taxes and equity earnings (losses)

Income before income taxes and equity earnings is attributable to the following jurisdictions (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
United States	$	234,646	$	203,269	$	178,497
Foreign	6,732		4,881		2,888
Total	$	241,378	$	208,150	$	181,385

Provision for income taxes

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016			2015			2014
Current:
Federal	$	77,000		$	65,676		$	54,447
State and other	12,182			10,263			9,126
Total current provision for income taxes	89,182			75,939			63,573
Deferred:
Federal	4,079			4,568			6,942
State and other	(330		)	(370		)	44
Total deferred provision for income taxes	3,749			4,198			6,986
Provision for income taxes	$	92,931		$	80,137		$	70,559

Reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to effective tax rate on income before income taxes and equity earnings (losses)

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to our effective tax rate on Income before income taxes and equity earnings is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Federal statutory rate	35.00	%	35.00	%	35.00	%
Change in valuation allowance	0.10		0.20		0.43
Other, primarily state income tax rate	3.40		3.30		3.47
Total effective tax rate	38.50	%	38.50	%	38.90	%

Components of deferred tax assets and liabilities

The table below presents the components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Deferred tax assets:
Product inventories	$	7,010		$	7,101
Accrued expenses	3,978			3,303
Allowance for doubtful accounts	396			606
Total current	11,384			11,010
Component reclassified for net presentation	(5,368		)	(5,480		)
Total current, net	6,016			5,530
Leases	1,920			1,786
Share-based compensation	13,778			13,422
Uncertain tax positions	2,746			2,092
Net operating losses	5,735			5,485
Interest rate swaps	674			1,513
Other	2,465			1,159
Total non-current	27,318			25,457
Less: Valuation allowance	(5,735		)	(5,485		)
Component reclassified for net presentation	(20,781		)	(18,755		)
Total non-current, net	802			1,217
Total deferred tax assets	6,818			6,747
Deferred tax liabilities:
Trade discounts on purchases	2,698			3,001
Prepaid expenses	2,670			2,479
Total current	5,368			5,480
Component reclassified for net presentation	(5,368		)	(5,480		)
Total current, net	—			—
Intangible assets, primarily goodwill	42,930			40,197
Depreciation	12,326			8,366
Total non-current	55,256			48,563
Component reclassified for net presentation	(20,781		)	(18,755		)
Total non-current, net	34,475			29,808
Total deferred tax liabilities	34,475			29,808
Net deferred tax liability	$	27,657		$	23,061

Summary of activity related to uncertain tax positions

The following table summarizes the activity related to uncertain tax positions for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
Balance at beginning of year	$	5,978	$	4,690	$	3,837
Increases for tax positions taken during a prior period	10		410		—
Increases for tax positions taken during the current period	2,819		1,782		1,664
Decreases resulting from the expiration of the statute of limitations	961		904		811
Decreases relating to settlements	—		—		—
Balance at end of year	$	7,846	$	5,978	$	4,690

XML

Earnings Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Computation of earnings per share and reconciliation of basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

The table below presents the computation of earnings per share, including the reconciliation of basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands, except per share data):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Net income	$	148,603	$	128,224	$	111,030
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	352		51		(338		)
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	$	148,955	$	128,275	$	110,692
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic	41,872		43,105		44,281
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options and employee stock purchase plan	1,112		1,149		1,160
Diluted	42,984		44,254		45,441
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	3.56	$	2.98	$	2.50
Diluted	$	3.47	$	2.90	$	2.44
Anti-dilutive stock options excluded from diluted earnings per share computations (1)	1		—		169

⁽¹⁾  Since these options have exercise prices that are higher than the average market prices of our common stock, including them in the calculation would have an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of rent expense associated with operating leases

The table below presents rent expenses associated with facility, vehicle and equipment operating leases for the past three years (in thousands):

2016		2015		2014
$	63,940	$	60,129	$	60,214

Future minimum lease payments related to non-cancelable operating leases

The table below sets forth the approximate future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2016 related to non-cancelable facility operating leases and the non-cancelable portion of certain equipment operating leases with initial terms of one year or more (in thousands):

2017	$	47,324
2018	39,908
2019	33,088
2020	26,211
2021	15,955
Thereafter	19,890

XML

Related Party Transactions (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions Rent Expense [Table Text Block]

The table below presents rent expense associated with these leases for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
NCC	$	1,035	$	1,016	$	989
Other	—		—		64
Total	$	1,035	$	1,016	$	1,053

XML

Employee Benefit Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Defined Contribution Pension and Other Postretirement Plans Disclosure [Abstract]

Matching contributions [Table Text Block]

The table below sets forth our matching contributions for the past three years (in thousands):

	2016		2015		2014
Matching contributions - defined contribution plans	$	5,817	$	5,583	$	5,235
Matching contributions - deferred compensation plan	194		218		233

XML

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Unaudited quarterly results of operations

The table below summarizes the unaudited quarterly results of operations for the past two years (in thousands, except per share data):

	Quarter
	2016								2015
	First		Second		Third		Fourth		First		Second		Third		Fourth
Net sales	$	515,250	$	918,889	$	691,429	$	445,235	$	450,430	$	851,855	$	645,779	$	415,075
Gross profit	143,023		270,736		199,551		127,777		124,801		248,260		184,288		118,295
Net income	16,363		85,247		44,421		2,572		8,433		77,809		39,403		2,579
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	16,371		85,435		44,534		2,615		8,419		77,924		39,447		2,486
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.39	$	2.03	$	1.06	$	0.06	$	0.19	$	1.80	$	0.92	$	0.06
Diluted	$	0.38	$	1.98	$	1.03	$	0.06	$	0.19	$	1.75	$	0.90	$	0.06

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2014 USD ($)
Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Number of sales centers in North America, Europe, South America and Australia	344
Number of distribution networks	4
Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight	$ 39,879,000	$ 36,783,000	$ 38,674,000
Advertising expense	7,011,000	7,127,000	6,894,000
Gains (losses) on foreign currency transactions	(679,000)	(774,000)	(277,000)
Threshold past due account balances for reserve analysis	$ 20,000
Threshold past due days for reserve analysis	60 days
Sales period (in months) for establishing reserve for inventory obsolescence	12 months
Sales period (in months) for establishing reserve for inventory obsolescence - Tile	36 months
Sales period (in months) for establishing reserve for inventory obsolescence - Parts	48 months
Depreciation expense	$ 20,338,000	16,373,000	14,495,000
Cumulative Share Repurchases	1,093,291,000
Cumulative Dividends	$ 367,748,000
Controlling interest by parent	60.00%
Cash paid during the year for [Abstract]
Interest	$ 8,052,000	6,316,000	6,481,000
Income taxes, net of refunds	$ 80,378,000	$ 65,668,000	$ 58,405,000

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Variable Interest Entity (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)
Variable Interest Entity [Line Items]
Variable Interest Entity, Nonconsolidated, Credit Agreement Capacity	$ 8,500
Variable Interest Entity, Nonconsolidated, Credit Agreement Amount Borrowed	$ 8,412

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts [Member]
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of year	$ 4,205	$ 4,008	$ 4,547
Bad debt expense	1,199	1,110	1,167
Write-offs, net of recoveries	(1,354)	(913)	(1,706)
Balance at end of year	4,050	4,205	4,008
Inventory Valuation Reserve [Member]
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance at beginning of year	6,979	6,403	7,103
Provision for inventory write-downs	2,036	3,043	1,535
Deductions for inventory write-offs	(2,484)	(2,467)	(2,235)
Balance at end of year	$ 6,531	$ 6,979	$ 6,403

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Property and Equipment (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016
Building [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	40 years
Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	5 - 10 years
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	1 - 10 years
Vehicles [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	3 - 6 years
Machinery and Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	3 - 15 years
Computer Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	3 - 7 years

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Fair Value Measurements (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Derivatives, Fair Value [Line Items]
Unrealized Losses on Interest Rate Swaps	$ 3,138	$ 3,295
Unrealized Gains on Interest Rate Swaps	1,521	0
Business Combination, Contingent Consideration, Liability	$ 1,611	$ 806

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Fair Value Measurement 2 (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Contingent consideration liability, current	$ 198
Contingent consideration liability, noncurrent	1,413
Business Combination, Contingent Consideration Arrangements, Range of Outcomes, Value, High	1,000
Note receivable fair value adjustment	$ (3,500)

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest [Roll Forward]
Redeemable noncontrolling interest, beginning of period	$ 2,665	$ 3,113	$ 0
Acquisition date value of noncontrolling interest	0	0	3,131
Net income (loss) attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest	(352)	(51)	338
Other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	(26)	(397)	(356)
Redeemable noncontrolling interest, end of period	$ 2,287	$ 2,665	$ 3,113

XML

Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Line Items]
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$ (13,024)	$ (11,362)
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net of tax	$ (1,054)	$ (2,367)

XML

Acquisitions (Details)	Dec. 31, 2016
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of sales centers	344
Controlling Interest by parent	60.00%
Atlantic Chemical & Aquatics Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of sales centers	2
DFW Stone Supply, LLC [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of sales centers	2
Pool Systems Pty. Ltd. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of sales centers	3
Controlling Interest by parent	60.00%
St. Louis Hardscape Material & Supply, LLC [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of sales centers	1
The Melton Corporation [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of sales centers	2
Seaboard Industries Inc [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of sales centers	3
PoolwerxDevelopmentLLC [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of sales centers	1
Metro Irrigation Supply Company Ltd. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of sales centers	8

XML

Goodwill (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2016 USD ($)
Goodwill [Line Items]
Highest goodwill balance among other reporting units			$ 5,675
Average goodwill balance among other reporting units			$ 836
Number of reporting units with allocated goodwill balances			222
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance, beginning of period	$ 182,027	$ 183,190
Acquired goodwill	12,696	1,149
Goodwill, Translation Adjustments	(49)	(2,312)
Balance, end of period	194,674	182,027
Accumulated goodwill impairment losses	(9,266)	(9,266)
Goodwill impairment	(613)	0
Accumulated goodwill impairment losses	(9,879)	(9,266)
Goodwill	$ 184,795	$ 172,761

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Other Intangible Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Other intangible assets, gross	$ 15,802	$ 13,385
Less: Accumulated amortization (Finite-lived intangible assets)	(2,476)	(1,540)
Finite and Indefinite lived intangible assets, net	13,326	11,845
Amortization of Intangible Assets	1,012	398	$ 825
Other intangible assets, future amortization expense [Abstract]
2017	888
2018	886
2019	747
2020	700
2021	219
Patents [Member]
Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Gross	483	492
Npt tradename [Member]
Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Gross	1,500	1,500
Noncompete agreements [Member]
Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets, Gross	4,396	1,953
Horizon tradename [Member]
Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets (Excluding Goodwill)	8,400	8,400
Pool System tradename and trademarks [Member]
Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets (Excluding Goodwill)	$ 1,023	$ 1,040

XML

Details of Certain Balance Sheet Accounts (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Receivables, net [Abstract]
Trade accounts	$ 18,533	$ 17,835
Vendor programs	44,842	38,444
Other, net	2,112	2,099
Total receivables	65,487	58,378
Less allowance for doubtful accounts	(4,050)	(4,205)
Receivables, net	61,437	54,173
Prepaid expenses and other current assets [Abstract]
Prepaid expenses	13,584	11,919
Other current assets	1,734	27
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	15,318	11,946
Property and equipment, net [Abstract]
Land	1,685	1,925
Buildings	2,465	2,465
Leasehold improvements	38,348	33,518
Autos and trucks	53,371	35,832
Machinery and equipment	45,535	39,518
Computer equipment	39,251	39,271
Furniture and fixtures	9,951	9,164
Fixed assets in progress	2,065	6,173
Total property and equipment	192,671	167,866
Less accumulated depreciation	(109,381)	(98,012)
Property and equipment, net	83,290	69,854
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities [Abstract]
Salaries and payroll deductions	8,878	6,433
Performance-based compensation	32,226	29,090
Taxes payable	8,424	8,889
Other current liabilities	14,859	12,179
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	$ 64,387	$ 56,591

XML

Debt (Details) € in Thousands, AUD in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2014 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2016 EUR (€)	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2016 AUD
Long-term portion [Abstract]
Total debt		$ 328,045			$ 438,042
Loss on Cash Flow Hedge Ineffectiveness	$ 585
Gain on cash flow hedge ineffectiveness	$ 500
Debt
Standby Letters of Credit					4,000
Financial and other covenants [Abstract]
Financial covenants, dividend limitation as percent of preceding year's net income, maximum (in hundredths)	50.00%
Deferred financing costs [Abstract]
Balance at beginning of year	$ 4,814	4,494
Financing costs deferred	69	320	$ 394
Balance at end of year	$ 4,883	4,814	$ 4,494
Accumulated Amortization, Debt Issuance Costs		(3,144)			(3,771)
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization		1,670			1,112
London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) [Member]
Debt
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate	1.00%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate Margins on Variable Rates, Minimum	1.15%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate Margins on Variable Rate, Maximum	1.65%
Base Rate [Member]
Debt
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate Margins on Variable Rates, Minimum	0.15%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate Margins on Variable Rate, Maximum	0.65%
Canadian Dealer Offered Rate [Member]
Debt
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate	1.00%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate Margins on Variable Rates, Minimum	1.15%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate Margins on Variable Rate, Maximum	1.65%
Federal Funds Rate [Member]
Debt
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate	0.50%
Commercial Paper [Member]
Debt
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate	0.75%
Unsecured Syndicated Senior Credit Facility [Member]
Long-term portion [Abstract]
Long-term Line of Credit, Noncurrent		273,015			354,549
Debt
Line of credit facility facility, maximum borrowing capacity					465,000
Line of credit facility, term (in years)	5 years
Debt Instrument, Maturity Date	Nov. 20, 2020
Line of Credit, Accordian Feature Increase in borrowing capacity					75,000
Line of Credit Facility, Maximum Capacity Including Accordian					540,000
Line of Credit Facility, Amount Outstanding					354,548
Line of credit facility, remaining borrowing capacity					$ 110,452
Weighted average effective interest rate (in hundredths)				2.60%	2.60%	2.60%
Annual facility fee, minimum (in hundredths)	0.10%
Annual facility fee, maximum (in hundredths)	0.225%
Receivables Securitization Facility [Member]
Long-term portion [Abstract]
Receivable Securitization Facility		55,000			$ 83,500
Debt
Receivables Facility, Borrowing Capacity Peak Seasonal Maximum					220,000
Receivables Facility, Borrowing Capacity NonSeasonal Minimum					65,000
Receivables Facility, Borrowing Capacity NonSeasonal Maximum					150,000
Receivables Facility, Term (in years)	2 years
Receivable Securitization Facility		55,000			$ 83,500
Weighted average effective interest rate				1.50%	1.50%	1.50%
Receivables facility, unused fee	0.35%
Australian Seasonal Credit Facility [Member]
Current portion [Abstract]
Other Long-term Debt, Current		$ 1,700			$ 1,105
Debt
Line of credit facility facility, maximum borrowing capacity | AUD						AUD 3,000
Bank Overdrafts [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Borrowing Capacity, Bank Overdraft Facility (in Euros) | €				€ 10,000

XML

Debt Interest Rate Swaps (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Derivative [Line Items]
Incremental interest expense arising from difference between interest paid and interest received related to swap agreements	$ 1,308	$ 1,388	$ 1,433
Interest Rate Swap 1, Credit Facility [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Interest rate swap agreement, termination date	Oct. 19, 2016
Interest rate swap agreement, fixed interest rate	1.185%
Interest rate swap agreement, effective date	Nov. 21, 2011
Interest rate swap agreement, notional amount	$ 25,000
Interest Rate Swap 2, Credit Facility [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Interest rate swap agreement, termination date	Oct. 19, 2016
Interest rate swap agreement, fixed interest rate	1.185%
Interest rate swap agreement, effective date	Nov. 21, 2011
Interest rate swap agreement, notional amount	$ 25,000
Interest Rate Swap 3, Credit Facility Member
Derivative [Line Items]
Interest rate swap agreement, termination date	Oct. 19, 2016
Interest rate swap agreement, fixed interest rate	1.10%
Interest rate swap agreement, effective date	Dec. 21, 2011
Interest rate swap agreement, notional amount	$ 50,000
Interest Rate Swap 4, Credit Facility [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Interest rate swap agreement, termination date	Oct. 19, 2016
Interest rate swap agreement, fixed interest rate	1.05%
Interest rate swap agreement, effective date	Jan. 17, 2012
Interest rate swap agreement, notional amount	$ 25,000
Interest Rate Swap 5, Credit Facility [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Interest rate swap agreement, termination date	Oct. 19, 2016
Interest rate swap agreement, fixed interest rate	0.99%
Interest rate swap agreement, effective date	Jan. 19, 2012
Interest rate swap agreement, notional amount	$ 25,000

XML

Debt Interest Rate Swaps 2 (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)
Derivative [Line Items]
Cumulative fair value of de-designated cash flow hedges, gross	$ (3,665)
Reclassification from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, Current Period, before Tax	$ 400
Interest Rate Swap 6, Credit Facility [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Interest rate swap agreement, amendment date	Oct. 01, 2015
Interest rate swap agreement, effective date	Oct. 19, 2016
Interest rate swap agreement, notional amount	$ 75,000
Interest rate swap agreement, fixed interest rate	2.273%
Interest rate swap agreement, termination date	Nov. 20, 2019
Interest Rate Swap 7, Credit Facility [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Interest rate swap agreement, amendment date	Oct. 01, 2015
Interest rate swap agreement, effective date	Oct. 19, 2016
Interest rate swap agreement, notional amount	$ 25,000
Interest rate swap agreement, fixed interest rate	2.111%
Interest rate swap agreement, termination date	Nov. 20, 2019
Interest Rate Swap 8, Credit Facility [Member]
Derivative [Line Items]
Interest rate swap agreement, amendment date	Oct. 01, 2015
Interest rate swap agreement, effective date	Oct. 19, 2016
Interest rate swap agreement, notional amount	$ 50,000
Interest rate swap agreement, fixed interest rate	2.111%
Interest rate swap agreement, termination date	Nov. 20, 2019

XML

Debt Interest Rate Swaps 3 (Details) - Forward-starting Interest Rate Swap 1 [Member] $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)
Derivative [Line Items]
Derivative, Forward-starting Effective Date	Nov. 20, 2019
Derivative, Forward Starting Maturity Date	Nov. 20, 2020
Derivative, Forward Starting Notional Amount	$ 150.0
Derivative, Forward-starting interest rate swap agreement, fixed interest rate	1.1425%
Derivative, Forward Starting Swap Inception Date	Jul. 06, 2016

XML

Share-Based Compensation (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Grant Date Fair Value Assumptions [Abstract]
Share-based compensation	$ 9,902,000	$ 9,543,000	$ 9,065,000
Stock Options [Member]
Stock option activity [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance (in shares)	2,741,745
Granted (in shares)	155,225
Exercised (in shares)	343,237	543,028	441,833
Forfeited (in shares)	2,850
Ending balance (in shares)	2,550,883	2,741,745
Exercisable (In Shares)	1,800,183
Stock option weighted average exercise price [Abstract]
Beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 31.50
Granted (in dollars per share)	80.95
Exercised (in dollars per share)	30.12
Forfeited (in dollars per share)	28.47
Ending balance (in dollars per share)	34.70	$ 31.50
Exercisable at end of period (in dollars per share)	$ 24.19
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term [Abstract]
Weighted average remaining contractual term of shares outstanding (in years)	4 years 2 months 19 days
Weighted average remaining contractual term of shares exercisable at end of period (in years)	2 years 11 months 8 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value [Abstract]
Ending balance	$ 177,637,707
Exercisable at end of period	$ 144,276,703
Cash Proceeds and Tax Benefits [Abstract]
Exercised (in shares)	343,237	543,028	441,833
Cash proceeds	$ 10,340,000	$ 17,137,000	$ 12,451,000
Intrinsic value of options exercised	21,094,000	22,676,000	13,132,000
Tax benefits realized	$ 7,891,000	$ 8,326,000	$ 5,018,000
Grant Date Fair Value Assumptions [Abstract]
Expected volatility (in hundredths)	29.70%	33.80%	37.70%
Expected term (in years)	7 years 1 month 6 days	7 years 2 months 12 days	7 years 2 months 12 days
Risk-free interest rate (in hundredths)	1.75%	1.95%	2.26%
Expected dividend yield (in hundredths)	1.50%	1.50%	1.50%
Grant date fair value (in dollars per share)	$ 22.86	$ 22.57	$ 21.07
Share-based compensation	$ 3,735,000	$ 3,688,000	$ 3,632,000
Recognized tax benefits	1,409,000	1,331,000	1,388,000
Unamortized compensation expense	$ 3,534,000
Expense recognition over weighted average period (in years)	1 year 8 months 2 days
Restricted Stock [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Shares available for grant	1,278,350
Grant Date Fair Value Assumptions [Abstract]
Share-based compensation	$ 5,993,000	$ 5,513,000	$ 5,203,000
Unamortized compensation expense	$ 3,822,000
Expense recognition over weighted average period (in years)	1 year 5 months 14 days
Restricted stock awards [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance (in shares)	301,760
Granted (at market price) (in shares)	80,579
Vested (in shares)	95,420	147,619	212,794
Forfeited (in shares)	1,900
Ending balance (in shares)	285,019	301,760
Restricted stock awards weighted average grant date fair value [Abstract]
Beginning balance (in dollars per share)	$ 51.18
Granted (at market price) (in dollars per share)	83.34
Vested (in dollars per share)	38.70
Forfeited (in dollars per share)	69.55
Ending balance (in dollars per share)	$ 64.33	$ 51.18
Vested (in shares)	95,420	147,619	212,794
Fair value of restricted stock awards vested	$ 7,960,000	$ 10,182,000	$ 12,354,000
ESPP Stock [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Shares purchased under the ESPP (in shares)	8,649	22,555	22,508
Grant Date Fair Value of most recent ESPP Purchase (per share)	$ 20.42
Grant Date Fair Value Assumptions [Abstract]
Share-based compensation	$ 173,000	$ 342,000	$ 230,000
LTIP 2007 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares allocated for issuance (in shares)	9,315,000
Shares available for grant	4,808,577
LTIP 2002 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares allocated for issuance (in shares)	2,700,000
Number of shares originally allocated for issuance (in shares)	1,575,000
Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares allocated for issuance (in shares)	956,250
Discounted percentage rate offered under the employee stock purchase plan (in hundredths)	85.00%

XML

Share-Based Compensation Share-Based Compensation Price Ranges (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 $ / shares shares
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Outstanding Stock Options (in shares) | shares	2,550,883
Outstanding Stock Options Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)	4 years 2 months 19 days
Outstanding Stock Options Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 34.70
Exercisable Stock Options (in shares) | shares	1,800,183
Exercisable Stock Options, Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 24.19
Exercise Price Range 18.00 to 20.34 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Outstanding Stock Options (in shares) | shares	1,100,811
Outstanding Stock Options Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)	2 years 2 months 19 days
Outstanding Stock Options Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 19.65
Exercisable Stock Options (in shares) | shares	1,100,811
Exercisable Stock Options, Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 19.65
Exercise Price Range 20.35 to 45.61 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Outstanding Stock Options (in shares) | shares	947,497
Outstanding Stock Options Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)	4 years 5 months 23 days
Outstanding Stock Options Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 33.83
Exercisable Stock Options (in shares) | shares	696,372
Exercisable Stock Options, Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 31.22
Exercise Price Range 45.62 to 102.41 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Outstanding Stock Options (in shares) | shares	502,575
Outstanding Stock Options Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)	8 years 1 month 17 days
Outstanding Stock Options Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 69.30
Exercisable Stock Options (in shares) | shares	3,000
Exercisable Stock Options, Weighted Average Exercise Price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 59.23

XML

Income Taxes (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
United States	$ 234,646	$ 203,269	$ 178,497
Foreign	6,732	4,881	2,888
Total	241,378	208,150	181,385
Current [Abstract]
Federal	77,000	65,676	54,447
State and other	12,182	10,263	9,126
Current tax	89,182	75,939	63,573
Deferred [Abstract]
Federal	4,079	4,568	6,942
State and other	(330)	(370)	44
Deferred tax	3,749	4,198	6,986
Total	$ 92,931	$ 80,137	$ 70,559
Reconciliation of U.S. federal statutory tax rate to effective tax rate [Abstract]
Federal statutory rate (in hundredths)	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
Change in valuation allowance (in hundredths)	0.10%	0.20%	0.43%
Other, primarily state income tax rate (in hundredths)	3.40%	3.30%	3.47%
Total effective tax rate (in hundredths)	38.50%	38.50%	38.90%
Deferred tax assets [Abstract]
Product inventories	$ 7,010	$ 7,101
Accrued expenses	3,978	3,303
Allowance for doubtful accounts	396	606
Total current	11,384	11,010
Component reclassified for net presentation	(5,368)	(5,480)
Total current, net	6,016	5,530
Leases	1,920	1,786
Share-based compensation	13,778	13,422
Uncertain tax positions	2,746	2,092
Net operating losses	5,735	5,485
Interest rate swaps	674	1,513
Other	2,465	1,159
Total noncurrent	27,318	25,457
Less: Valuation allowance, non-current	(5,735)	(5,485)
Component reclassified for net presentation	(20,781)	(18,755)
Total non-current, net	802	1,217
Total deferred tax assets	6,818	6,747
Deferred tax liabilities [Abstract]
Trade discounts on purchases	2,698	3,001
Prepaid expenses	2,670	2,479
Total current	5,368	5,480
Component reclassified for net presentation	(5,368)	(5,480)
Total current, net	0	0
Intangible assets, primarily goodwill	42,930	40,197
Depreciation	12,326	8,366
Total non-current	55,256	48,563
Component reclassified for net presentation	(20,781)	(18,755)
Total non-current, net	34,475	29,808
Deferred Tax Liabilities, Gross	34,475	29,808
Net deferred tax liability	27,657	23,061
Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Excess Tax Benefit (Tax Deficiency) from Share-based Compensation, Financing Activities	7,370	7,706	$ 5,524
Uncertain tax positions activity [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	5,978	4,690	3,837
Increases for tax positions taken during a prior period	10	410	0
Increases for tax positions taken during the current period	2,819	1,782	1,664
Decreases resulting from the expiration of the statute of limitations	961	904	811
Decreases relating to settlements	0	0	0
Ending balance	7,846	5,978	$ 4,690
Unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would decrease the effective tax rate	5,100	3,886
Interest expense related to unrecognized tax benefits	156	136
Accrued interest on unrecognized tax benefits	685	529
International Subsidiaries [Member]
Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Tax loss carry-forwards	22,158
Deferred tax asset, valuation allowance	$ 5,735	$ 5,485

XML

Earnings Per Share (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Sep. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2016	Mar. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Sep. 30, 2015	Jun. 30, 2015	Mar. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Earnings Per Share, Basic, by Common Class, Including Two Class Method [Line Items]
Net income	$ 2,572	$ 44,421	$ 85,247	$ 16,363	$ 2,579	$ 39,403	$ 77,809	$ 8,433	$ 148,603	$ 128,224	$ 111,030
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest									352	51	(338)
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	$ 2,615	$ 44,534	$ 85,435	$ 16,371	$ 2,486	$ 39,447	$ 77,924	$ 8,419	$ 148,955	$ 128,275	$ 110,692
Weighted average shares outstanding [Abstract]
Basic (in shares)									41,872	43,105	44,281
Effect of dilutive securities [Abstract]
Stock options and employee stock purchase plan (in shares)									1,112	1,149	1,160
Diluted (in shares)									42,984	44,254	45,441
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 0.06	$ 1.06	$ 2.03	$ 0.39	$ 0.06	$ 0.92	$ 1.80	$ 0.19	$ 3.56	$ 2.98	$ 2.50
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 0.06	$ 1.03	$ 1.98	$ 0.38	$ 0.06	$ 0.90	$ 1.75	$ 0.19	$ 3.47	$ 2.90	$ 2.44
Anti-dilutive stock options whose exercise prices were higher than the common stock's average market price during the period (in shares)									1	0	169

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Operating Leases, Rent Expense, Net	$ 63,940	$ 60,129	$ 60,214
Future minimum lease payments [Abstract]
2017	47,324
2018	39,908
2019	33,088
2020	26,211
2021	15,955
Thereafter	$ 19,890

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2014 USD ($)
NCC [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Equity Method Investment, Ownership Percentage	50.00%
Cash contribution for acquisition of membership interest	$ 1,121,000
Office space occupied (in square feet)	54,800
Monthly rent expense (per month)	$ 86,767
Related Party Rent expense	1,035,000	$ 1,016,000	$ 989,000
Other Leases [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Related Party Rent expense	$ 0	$ 0	$ 64,000

XML

Employee Benefit Plans (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Deferred Compensation Plan [Line Items]
Percent company total match on employee deferred compensation plan contributions, maximum (in hundredths)	4.00%
Matching contributions - deferred compensation plan	$ 194	$ 218	$ 233
Savings and Retirement 401K [Member]
Defined Contribution Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Eligible employees' maximum allowable contribution as a percentage of compensation (in hundredths)	75.00%
Percentage company total match on employee contributions, maximum (in hundredths)	4.00%
Company match on the first three percent of compensation deferred (in hundredths)	100.00%
Company match on deferrals between three percent and five percent of compensation (in hundredths)	50.00%
Compensation deferred percentage eligible for one hundred percent match on employees' contributions (in hundredths)	3.00%
Compensation deferred percentage eligible for fifty percent match on employee contributions (in hundredths)	5.00%
Matching contributions -defined contribution plans	$ 5,817	$ 5,583	$ 5,235

XML

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Sep. 30, 2016	Jun. 30, 2016	Mar. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Sep. 30, 2015	Jun. 30, 2015	Mar. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Effect of Fourth Quarter Events [Line Items]
Net sales	$ 445,235	$ 691,429	$ 918,889	$ 515,250	$ 415,075	$ 645,779	$ 851,855	$ 450,430	$ 2,570,803	$ 2,363,139	$ 2,246,562
Gross profit	127,777	199,551	270,736	143,023	118,295	184,288	248,260	124,801	741,087	675,644	643,340
Net income	2,572	44,421	85,247	16,363	2,579	39,403	77,809	8,433	148,603	128,224	111,030
Net income attributable to Pool Corporation	$ 2,615	$ 44,534	$ 85,435	$ 16,371	$ 2,486	$ 39,447	$ 77,924	$ 8,419	$ 148,955	$ 128,275	$ 110,692
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 0.06	$ 1.06	$ 2.03	$ 0.39	$ 0.06	$ 0.92	$ 1.80	$ 0.19	$ 3.56	$ 2.98	$ 2.50
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 0.06	$ 1.03	$ 1.98	$ 0.38	$ 0.06	$ 0.90	$ 1.75	$ 0.19	$ 3.47	$ 2.90	$ 2.44